Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elfxx-sparc.c revision 1.9
      1  1.1     skrll /* SPARC-specific support for ELF
      2  1.7  christos    Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3  1.1     skrll 
      4  1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      5  1.1     skrll 
      6  1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      7  1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      8  1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
      9  1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     10  1.1     skrll 
     11  1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     12  1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     13  1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     14  1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     15  1.1     skrll 
     16  1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     17  1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     18  1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     19  1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     20  1.1     skrll 
     21  1.1     skrll 
     22  1.1     skrll /* This file handles functionality common to the different SPARC ABI's.  */
     23  1.1     skrll 
     24  1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     25  1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     26  1.1     skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
     27  1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     28  1.1     skrll #include "libiberty.h"
     29  1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     30  1.1     skrll #include "elf/sparc.h"
     31  1.1     skrll #include "opcode/sparc.h"
     32  1.1     skrll #include "elfxx-sparc.h"
     33  1.1     skrll #include "elf-vxworks.h"
     34  1.3  christos #include "objalloc.h"
     35  1.3  christos #include "hashtab.h"
     36  1.1     skrll 
     37  1.1     skrll /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value.  */
     38  1.1     skrll #define MINUS_ONE (~ (bfd_vma) 0)
     39  1.1     skrll 
     40  1.1     skrll #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
     41  1.1     skrll   (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
     42  1.1     skrll 
     43  1.1     skrll /* The relocation "howto" table.  */
     44  1.1     skrll 
     45  1.1     skrll /* Utility for performing the standard initial work of an instruction
     46  1.1     skrll    relocation.
     47  1.1     skrll    *PRELOCATION will contain the relocated item.
     48  1.1     skrll    *PINSN will contain the instruction from the input stream.
     49  1.1     skrll    If the result is `bfd_reloc_other' the caller can continue with
     50  1.1     skrll    performing the relocation.  Otherwise it must stop and return the
     51  1.1     skrll    value to its caller.  */
     52  1.1     skrll 
     53  1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
     54  1.1     skrll init_insn_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
     55  1.6  christos 		 void * data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
     56  1.1     skrll 		 bfd_vma *prelocation, bfd_vma *pinsn)
     57  1.1     skrll {
     58  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma relocation;
     59  1.1     skrll   reloc_howto_type *howto = reloc_entry->howto;
     60  1.1     skrll 
     61  1.1     skrll   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL
     62  1.1     skrll       && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
     63  1.1     skrll       && (! howto->partial_inplace
     64  1.1     skrll 	  || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
     65  1.1     skrll     {
     66  1.1     skrll       reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
     67  1.1     skrll       return bfd_reloc_ok;
     68  1.1     skrll     }
     69  1.1     skrll 
     70  1.1     skrll   /* This works because partial_inplace is FALSE.  */
     71  1.1     skrll   if (output_bfd != NULL)
     72  1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_continue;
     73  1.1     skrll 
     74  1.1     skrll   if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
     75  1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
     76  1.1     skrll 
     77  1.1     skrll   relocation = (symbol->value
     78  1.1     skrll 		+ symbol->section->output_section->vma
     79  1.1     skrll 		+ symbol->section->output_offset);
     80  1.1     skrll   relocation += reloc_entry->addend;
     81  1.1     skrll   if (howto->pc_relative)
     82  1.1     skrll     {
     83  1.1     skrll       relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
     84  1.1     skrll 		     + input_section->output_offset);
     85  1.1     skrll       relocation -= reloc_entry->address;
     86  1.1     skrll     }
     87  1.1     skrll 
     88  1.1     skrll   *prelocation = relocation;
     89  1.1     skrll   *pinsn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
     90  1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_other;
     91  1.1     skrll }
     92  1.1     skrll 
     93  1.1     skrll /* For unsupported relocs.  */
     94  1.1     skrll 
     95  1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
     96  1.1     skrll sparc_elf_notsup_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
     97  1.1     skrll 			arelent *reloc_entry ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
     98  1.1     skrll 			asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
     99  1.6  christos 			void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    100  1.1     skrll 			asection *input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    101  1.1     skrll 			bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    102  1.1     skrll 			char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    103  1.1     skrll {
    104  1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
    105  1.1     skrll }
    106  1.1     skrll 
    107  1.1     skrll /* Handle the WDISP16 reloc.  */
    108  1.1     skrll 
    109  1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    110  1.1     skrll sparc_elf_wdisp16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
    111  1.6  christos 			 void * data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    112  1.1     skrll 			 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    113  1.1     skrll {
    114  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma relocation;
    115  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma insn;
    116  1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_status_type status;
    117  1.1     skrll 
    118  1.1     skrll   status = init_insn_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    119  1.1     skrll 			    input_section, output_bfd, &relocation, &insn);
    120  1.1     skrll   if (status != bfd_reloc_other)
    121  1.1     skrll     return status;
    122  1.1     skrll 
    123  1.1     skrll   insn &= ~ (bfd_vma) 0x303fff;
    124  1.1     skrll   insn |= (((relocation >> 2) & 0xc000) << 6) | ((relocation >> 2) & 0x3fff);
    125  1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
    126  1.1     skrll 
    127  1.1     skrll   if ((bfd_signed_vma) relocation < - 0x40000
    128  1.1     skrll       || (bfd_signed_vma) relocation > 0x3ffff)
    129  1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    130  1.1     skrll   else
    131  1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_ok;
    132  1.1     skrll }
    133  1.1     skrll 
    134  1.6  christos /* Handle the WDISP10 reloc.  */
    135  1.6  christos 
    136  1.6  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
    137  1.6  christos sparc_elf_wdisp10_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
    138  1.6  christos 			 void * data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    139  1.6  christos 			 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    140  1.6  christos {
    141  1.6  christos   bfd_vma relocation;
    142  1.6  christos   bfd_vma insn;
    143  1.6  christos   bfd_reloc_status_type status;
    144  1.6  christos 
    145  1.6  christos   status = init_insn_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    146  1.6  christos 			    input_section, output_bfd, &relocation, &insn);
    147  1.6  christos   if (status != bfd_reloc_other)
    148  1.6  christos     return status;
    149  1.6  christos 
    150  1.6  christos   insn &= ~ (bfd_vma) 0x181fe0;
    151  1.6  christos   insn |= (((relocation >> 2) & 0x300) << 11)
    152  1.6  christos 	  | (((relocation >> 2) & 0xff) << 5);
    153  1.6  christos   bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
    154  1.6  christos 
    155  1.6  christos   if ((bfd_signed_vma) relocation < - 0x1000
    156  1.6  christos       || (bfd_signed_vma) relocation > 0xfff)
    157  1.6  christos     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    158  1.6  christos   else
    159  1.6  christos     return bfd_reloc_ok;
    160  1.6  christos }
    161  1.6  christos 
    162  1.1     skrll /* Handle the HIX22 reloc.  */
    163  1.1     skrll 
    164  1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    165  1.1     skrll sparc_elf_hix22_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
    166  1.6  christos 		       void * data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    167  1.1     skrll 		       char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    168  1.1     skrll {
    169  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma relocation;
    170  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma insn;
    171  1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_status_type status;
    172  1.1     skrll 
    173  1.1     skrll   status = init_insn_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    174  1.1     skrll 			    input_section, output_bfd, &relocation, &insn);
    175  1.1     skrll   if (status != bfd_reloc_other)
    176  1.1     skrll     return status;
    177  1.1     skrll 
    178  1.1     skrll   relocation ^= MINUS_ONE;
    179  1.1     skrll   insn = (insn &~ (bfd_vma) 0x3fffff) | ((relocation >> 10) & 0x3fffff);
    180  1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
    181  1.1     skrll 
    182  1.1     skrll   if ((relocation & ~ (bfd_vma) 0xffffffff) != 0)
    183  1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    184  1.1     skrll   else
    185  1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_ok;
    186  1.1     skrll }
    187  1.1     skrll 
    188  1.1     skrll /* Handle the LOX10 reloc.  */
    189  1.1     skrll 
    190  1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    191  1.1     skrll sparc_elf_lox10_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
    192  1.6  christos 		       void * data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    193  1.1     skrll 		       char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    194  1.1     skrll {
    195  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma relocation;
    196  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma insn;
    197  1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_status_type status;
    198  1.1     skrll 
    199  1.1     skrll   status = init_insn_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    200  1.1     skrll 			    input_section, output_bfd, &relocation, &insn);
    201  1.1     skrll   if (status != bfd_reloc_other)
    202  1.1     skrll     return status;
    203  1.1     skrll 
    204  1.1     skrll   insn = (insn &~ (bfd_vma) 0x1fff) | 0x1c00 | (relocation & 0x3ff);
    205  1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
    206  1.1     skrll 
    207  1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    208  1.1     skrll }
    209  1.1     skrll 
    210  1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[] =
    211  1.1     skrll {
    212  1.7  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_NONE,      0,3, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_NONE",    FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    213  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_8,         0,0, 8,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_8",       FALSE,0,0x000000ff,TRUE),
    214  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_16,        0,1,16,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_16",      FALSE,0,0x0000ffff,TRUE),
    215  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_32,        0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_32",      FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    216  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_DISP8,     0,0, 8,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_DISP8",   FALSE,0,0x000000ff,TRUE),
    217  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_DISP16,    0,1,16,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_DISP16",  FALSE,0,0x0000ffff,TRUE),
    218  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_DISP32,    0,2,32,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_DISP32",  FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    219  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WDISP30,   2,2,30,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_WDISP30", FALSE,0,0x3fffffff,TRUE),
    220  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WDISP22,   2,2,22,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_WDISP22", FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    221  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_HI22,     10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_HI22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    222  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_22,        0,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_22",      FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    223  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_13,        0,2,13,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_13",      FALSE,0,0x00001fff,TRUE),
    224  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_LO10,      0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_LO10",    FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    225  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOT10,     0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOT10",   FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    226  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOT13,     0,2,13,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOT13",   FALSE,0,0x00001fff,TRUE),
    227  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOT22,    10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOT22",   FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    228  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PC10,      0,2,10,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PC10",    FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    229  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PC22,     10,2,22,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PC22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    230  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WPLT30,    2,2,30,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_WPLT30",  FALSE,0,0x3fffffff,TRUE),
    231  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_COPY,      0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_COPY",    FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    232  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GLOB_DAT,  0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GLOB_DAT",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    233  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT,  0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    234  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_RELATIVE,  0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_RELATIVE",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    235  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_UA32,      0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_UA32",    FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    236  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PLT32,     0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PLT32",   FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    237  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_HIPLT22,   0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_HIPLT22",  FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    238  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_LOPLT10,   0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_LOPLT10",  FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    239  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PCPLT32,   0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_PCPLT32",  FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    240  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PCPLT22,   0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_PCPLT22",  FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    241  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PCPLT10,   0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_PCPLT10",  FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    242  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_10,        0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_10",      FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    243  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_11,        0,2,11,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_11",      FALSE,0,0x000007ff,TRUE),
    244  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_64,        0,4,64,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_64",      FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
    245  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_OLO10,     0,2,13,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_signed,  sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_OLO10",   FALSE,0,0x00001fff,TRUE),
    246  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_HH22,     42,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_unsigned,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_HH22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    247  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_HM10,     32,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_HM10",    FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    248  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_LM22,     10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_LM22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    249  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PC_HH22,  42,2,22,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_unsigned,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PC_HH22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    250  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PC_HM10,  32,2,10,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PC_HM10",    FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    251  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PC_LM22,  10,2,22,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PC_LM22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    252  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WDISP16,   2,2,16,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  sparc_elf_wdisp16_reloc,"R_SPARC_WDISP16", FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    253  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WDISP19,   2,2,19,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_WDISP19", FALSE,0,0x0007ffff,TRUE),
    254  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_UNUSED_42, 0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_UNUSED_42",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    255  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_7,         0,2, 7,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_7",       FALSE,0,0x0000007f,TRUE),
    256  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_5,         0,2, 5,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_5",       FALSE,0,0x0000001f,TRUE),
    257  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_6,         0,2, 6,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_6",       FALSE,0,0x0000003f,TRUE),
    258  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_DISP64,    0,4,64,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_DISP64",  FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
    259  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PLT64,     0,4,64,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PLT64",   FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
    260  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_HIX22,     0,4, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_hix22_reloc,  "R_SPARC_HIX22",   FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
    261  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_LOX10,     0,4, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_lox10_reloc,  "R_SPARC_LOX10",   FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
    262  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_H44,      22,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_unsigned,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_H44",     FALSE,0,0x003fffff,FALSE),
    263  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_M44,      12,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_M44",     FALSE,0,0x000003ff,FALSE),
    264  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_L44,       0,2,13,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_L44",     FALSE,0,0x00000fff,FALSE),
    265  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_REGISTER,  0,4, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_REGISTER",FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
    266  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_UA64,        0,4,64,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_UA64",      FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
    267  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_UA16,        0,1,16,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_UA16",      FALSE,0,0x0000ffff,TRUE),
    268  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22,10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    269  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10,0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    270  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    271  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL,2,2,30,TRUE,0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL",FALSE,0,0x3fffffff,TRUE),
    272  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22,10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    273  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10,0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    274  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    275  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL,2,2,30,TRUE,0,complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL",FALSE,0,0x3fffffff,TRUE),
    276  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_hix22_reloc,"R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff, FALSE),
    277  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  sparc_elf_lox10_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff, FALSE),
    278  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    279  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22,10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    280  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10,0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    281  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    282  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    283  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    284  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_hix22_reloc, "R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff, FALSE),
    285  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   sparc_elf_lox10_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff, FALSE),
    286  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD32,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD32",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    287  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD64,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD64",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    288  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32,0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32",FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    289  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64,0,4,64,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64",FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE,TRUE),
    290  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF32,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF32",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    291  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    292  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_hix22_reloc,"R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff, FALSE),
    293  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  sparc_elf_lox10_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff, FALSE),
    294  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_hix22_reloc,"R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff, FALSE),
    295  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  sparc_elf_lox10_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff, FALSE),
    296  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    297  1.6  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_H34,12,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_unsigned,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_SPARC_H34",FALSE,0,0x003fffff,FALSE),
    298  1.6  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_SIZE32,0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_SPARC_SIZE32",FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    299  1.6  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_SIZE64,0,4,64,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_SPARC_SIZE64",FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
    300  1.6  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WDISP10,2,2,10,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,sparc_elf_wdisp10_reloc,"R_SPARC_WDISP10",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    301  1.1     skrll };
    302  1.3  christos static reloc_howto_type sparc_jmp_irel_howto =
    303  1.3  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_JMP_IREL,  0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_JMP_IREL",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE);
    304  1.3  christos static reloc_howto_type sparc_irelative_howto =
    305  1.3  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_IRELATIVE,  0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_IRELATIVE",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE);
    306  1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type sparc_vtinherit_howto =
    307  1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont, NULL, "R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT", FALSE,0, 0, FALSE);
    308  1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type sparc_vtentry_howto =
    309  1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont, _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn,"R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY", FALSE,0,0, FALSE);
    310  1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type sparc_rev32_howto =
    311  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_SPARC_REV32, 0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_SPARC_REV32", FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE);
    312  1.1     skrll 
    313  1.1     skrll reloc_howto_type *
    314  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    315  1.1     skrll 				  bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    316  1.1     skrll {
    317  1.3  christos   /* We explicitly handle each relocation type in the switch
    318  1.3  christos      instead of using a lookup table for efficiency.  */
    319  1.1     skrll   switch (code)
    320  1.1     skrll     {
    321  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_NONE:
    322  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_NONE];
    323  1.3  christos 
    324  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_8:
    325  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_8];
    326  1.3  christos 
    327  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_16:
    328  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_16];
    329  1.3  christos 
    330  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32:
    331  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_32];
    332  1.3  christos 
    333  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL:
    334  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_DISP8];
    335  1.3  christos 
    336  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:
    337  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_DISP16];
    338  1.3  christos 
    339  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
    340  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_DISP32];
    341  1.3  christos 
    342  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2:
    343  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WDISP30];
    344  1.3  christos 
    345  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22:
    346  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WDISP22];
    347  1.3  christos 
    348  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_HI22:
    349  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_HI22];
    350  1.3  christos 
    351  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC22:
    352  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_22];
    353  1.3  christos 
    354  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC13:
    355  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_13];
    356  1.3  christos 
    357  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_LO10:
    358  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_LO10];
    359  1.3  christos 
    360  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT10:
    361  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOT10];
    362  1.3  christos 
    363  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT13:
    364  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOT13];
    365  1.3  christos 
    366  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT22:
    367  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOT22];
    368  1.3  christos 
    369  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10:
    370  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PC10];
    371  1.3  christos 
    372  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22:
    373  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PC22];
    374  1.3  christos 
    375  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WPLT30:
    376  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WPLT30];
    377  1.3  christos 
    378  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_COPY:
    379  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_COPY];
    380  1.3  christos 
    381  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GLOB_DAT:
    382  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GLOB_DAT];
    383  1.3  christos 
    384  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_JMP_SLOT:
    385  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT];
    386  1.3  christos 
    387  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_RELATIVE:
    388  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_RELATIVE];
    389  1.3  christos 
    390  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA32:
    391  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_UA32];
    392  1.3  christos 
    393  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PLT32:
    394  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PLT32];
    395  1.3  christos 
    396  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_10:
    397  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_10];
    398  1.3  christos 
    399  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_11:
    400  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_11];
    401  1.3  christos 
    402  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_64:
    403  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_64];
    404  1.3  christos 
    405  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10:
    406  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_OLO10];
    407  1.3  christos 
    408  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22:
    409  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_HH22];
    410  1.3  christos 
    411  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10:
    412  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_HM10];
    413  1.3  christos 
    414  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LM22:
    415  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_LM22];
    416  1.3  christos 
    417  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HH22:
    418  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PC_HH22];
    419  1.3  christos 
    420  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HM10:
    421  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PC_HM10];
    422  1.3  christos 
    423  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_LM22:
    424  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PC_LM22];
    425  1.3  christos 
    426  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP16:
    427  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WDISP16];
    428  1.3  christos 
    429  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP19:
    430  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WDISP19];
    431  1.3  christos 
    432  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_7:
    433  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_7];
    434  1.3  christos 
    435  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_5:
    436  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_5];
    437  1.3  christos 
    438  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_6:
    439  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_6];
    440  1.3  christos 
    441  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_DISP64:
    442  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_DISP64];
    443  1.3  christos 
    444  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PLT64:
    445  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PLT64];
    446  1.3  christos 
    447  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HIX22:
    448  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_HIX22];
    449  1.3  christos 
    450  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LOX10:
    451  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_LOX10];
    452  1.3  christos 
    453  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H44:
    454  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_H44];
    455  1.3  christos 
    456  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_M44:
    457  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_M44];
    458  1.3  christos 
    459  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_L44:
    460  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_L44];
    461  1.3  christos 
    462  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_REGISTER:
    463  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_REGISTER];
    464  1.3  christos 
    465  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA64:
    466  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_UA64];
    467  1.3  christos 
    468  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA16:
    469  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_UA16];
    470  1.3  christos 
    471  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
    472  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22];
    473  1.3  christos 
    474  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
    475  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10];
    476  1.3  christos 
    477  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD:
    478  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD];
    479  1.3  christos 
    480  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
    481  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL];
    482  1.3  christos 
    483  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
    484  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22];
    485  1.3  christos 
    486  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
    487  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10];
    488  1.3  christos 
    489  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD:
    490  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD];
    491  1.3  christos 
    492  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL:
    493  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL];
    494  1.3  christos 
    495  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22:
    496  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22];
    497  1.3  christos 
    498  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10:
    499  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10];
    500  1.3  christos 
    501  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD:
    502  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD];
    503  1.3  christos 
    504  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
    505  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22];
    506  1.3  christos 
    507  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
    508  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10];
    509  1.3  christos 
    510  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD:
    511  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD];
    512  1.3  christos 
    513  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX:
    514  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX];
    515  1.3  christos 
    516  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD:
    517  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD];
    518  1.3  christos 
    519  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22:
    520  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22];
    521  1.3  christos 
    522  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10:
    523  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10];
    524  1.3  christos 
    525  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD32:
    526  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD32];
    527  1.3  christos 
    528  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD64:
    529  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD64];
    530  1.3  christos 
    531  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
    532  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32];
    533  1.3  christos 
    534  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64:
    535  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64];
    536  1.3  christos 
    537  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF32:
    538  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF32];
    539  1.3  christos 
    540  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64:
    541  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64];
    542  1.3  christos 
    543  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22:
    544  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22];
    545  1.3  christos 
    546  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10:
    547  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10];
    548  1.3  christos 
    549  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
    550  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22];
    551  1.3  christos 
    552  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
    553  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10];
    554  1.3  christos 
    555  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP:
    556  1.3  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP];
    557  1.3  christos 
    558  1.6  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H34:
    559  1.6  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_H34];
    560  1.6  christos 
    561  1.6  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_SIZE32:
    562  1.6  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_SIZE32];
    563  1.6  christos 
    564  1.6  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_SIZE64:
    565  1.6  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_SIZE64];
    566  1.6  christos 
    567  1.6  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP10:
    568  1.6  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WDISP10];
    569  1.6  christos 
    570  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_JMP_IREL:
    571  1.3  christos       return &sparc_jmp_irel_howto;
    572  1.3  christos 
    573  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_IRELATIVE:
    574  1.3  christos       return &sparc_irelative_howto;
    575  1.3  christos 
    576  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
    577  1.1     skrll       return &sparc_vtinherit_howto;
    578  1.1     skrll 
    579  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
    580  1.1     skrll       return &sparc_vtentry_howto;
    581  1.1     skrll 
    582  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_REV32:
    583  1.1     skrll       return &sparc_rev32_howto;
    584  1.1     skrll 
    585  1.1     skrll     default:
    586  1.3  christos       break;
    587  1.1     skrll     }
    588  1.1     skrll     bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    589  1.1     skrll     return NULL;
    590  1.1     skrll }
    591  1.1     skrll 
    592  1.1     skrll reloc_howto_type *
    593  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    594  1.1     skrll 				  const char *r_name)
    595  1.1     skrll {
    596  1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    597  1.1     skrll 
    598  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0;
    599  1.1     skrll        i < (sizeof (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table)
    600  1.1     skrll 	    / sizeof (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[0]));
    601  1.1     skrll        i++)
    602  1.1     skrll     if (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    603  1.1     skrll 	&& strcasecmp (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    604  1.1     skrll       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[i];
    605  1.1     skrll 
    606  1.1     skrll   if (strcasecmp (sparc_vtinherit_howto.name, r_name) == 0)
    607  1.1     skrll     return &sparc_vtinherit_howto;
    608  1.1     skrll   if (strcasecmp (sparc_vtentry_howto.name, r_name) == 0)
    609  1.1     skrll     return &sparc_vtentry_howto;
    610  1.1     skrll   if (strcasecmp (sparc_rev32_howto.name, r_name) == 0)
    611  1.1     skrll     return &sparc_rev32_howto;
    612  1.1     skrll 
    613  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    614  1.1     skrll }
    615  1.1     skrll 
    616  1.1     skrll reloc_howto_type *
    617  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_info_to_howto_ptr (unsigned int r_type)
    618  1.1     skrll {
    619  1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
    620  1.1     skrll     {
    621  1.3  christos     case R_SPARC_JMP_IREL:
    622  1.3  christos       return &sparc_jmp_irel_howto;
    623  1.3  christos 
    624  1.3  christos     case R_SPARC_IRELATIVE:
    625  1.3  christos       return &sparc_irelative_howto;
    626  1.3  christos 
    627  1.1     skrll     case R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
    628  1.1     skrll       return &sparc_vtinherit_howto;
    629  1.1     skrll 
    630  1.1     skrll     case R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY:
    631  1.1     skrll       return &sparc_vtentry_howto;
    632  1.1     skrll 
    633  1.1     skrll     case R_SPARC_REV32:
    634  1.1     skrll       return &sparc_rev32_howto;
    635  1.1     skrll 
    636  1.1     skrll     default:
    637  1.1     skrll       if (r_type >= (unsigned int) R_SPARC_max_std)
    638  1.1     skrll 	{
    639  1.1     skrll 	  (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("invalid relocation type %d"),
    640  1.1     skrll 				 (int) r_type);
    641  1.1     skrll 	  r_type = R_SPARC_NONE;
    642  1.1     skrll 	}
    643  1.1     skrll       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
    644  1.1     skrll     }
    645  1.1     skrll }
    646  1.1     skrll 
    647  1.1     skrll /* Both 32-bit and 64-bit sparc encode this in an identical manner,
    648  1.1     skrll    so just take advantage of that.  */
    649  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE(r_info)	\
    650  1.1     skrll 	((r_info) & 0xff)
    651  1.1     skrll 
    652  1.1     skrll void
    653  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *cache_ptr,
    654  1.1     skrll 			      Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    655  1.1     skrll {
    656  1.1     skrll   unsigned int r_type = SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    657  1.1     skrll 
    658  1.1     skrll   cache_ptr->howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_info_to_howto_ptr (r_type);
    659  1.1     skrll }
    660  1.1     skrll 
    661  1.1     skrll 
    663  1.1     skrll /* The nop opcode we use.  */
    664  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_NOP 0x01000000
    665  1.1     skrll 
    666  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_INSN_BYTES	4
    667  1.1     skrll 
    668  1.1     skrll /* The SPARC linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
    669  1.1     skrll    decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
    670  1.1     skrll    This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
    671  1.1     skrll    unnecessary.  We store the information in a field extending the
    672  1.1     skrll    regular ELF linker hash table.  */
    673  1.1     skrll 
    674  1.1     skrll struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs
    675  1.1     skrll {
    676  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *next;
    677  1.1     skrll 
    678  1.1     skrll   /* The input section of the reloc.  */
    679  1.1     skrll   asection *sec;
    680  1.1     skrll 
    681  1.1     skrll   /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section.  */
    682  1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type count;
    683  1.1     skrll 
    684  1.1     skrll   /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section.  */
    685  1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type pc_count;
    686  1.1     skrll };
    687  1.1     skrll 
    688  1.1     skrll /* SPARC ELF linker hash entry.  */
    689  1.1     skrll 
    690  1.1     skrll struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry
    691  1.1     skrll {
    692  1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
    693  1.1     skrll 
    694  1.1     skrll   /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    695  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
    696  1.1     skrll 
    697  1.1     skrll #define GOT_UNKNOWN     0
    698  1.1     skrll #define GOT_NORMAL      1
    699  1.1     skrll #define GOT_TLS_GD      2
    700  1.1     skrll #define GOT_TLS_IE      3
    701  1.1     skrll   unsigned char tls_type;
    702  1.1     skrll };
    703  1.1     skrll 
    704  1.1     skrll #define _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
    705  1.1     skrll 
    706  1.1     skrll struct _bfd_sparc_elf_obj_tdata
    707  1.1     skrll {
    708  1.1     skrll   struct elf_obj_tdata root;
    709  1.1     skrll 
    710  1.1     skrll   /* tls_type for each local got entry.  */
    711  1.1     skrll   char *local_got_tls_type;
    712  1.1     skrll 
    713  1.1     skrll   /* TRUE if TLS GD relocs has been seen for this object.  */
    714  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean has_tlsgd;
    715  1.1     skrll };
    716  1.1     skrll 
    717  1.1     skrll #define _bfd_sparc_elf_tdata(abfd) \
    718  1.1     skrll   ((struct _bfd_sparc_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
    719  1.1     skrll 
    720  1.1     skrll #define _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
    721  1.1     skrll   (_bfd_sparc_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
    722  1.1     skrll 
    723  1.1     skrll #define is_sparc_elf(bfd)				\
    724  1.1     skrll   (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour	\
    725  1.3  christos    && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL				\
    726  1.1     skrll    && elf_object_id (bfd) == SPARC_ELF_DATA)
    727  1.1     skrll 
    728  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
    729  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
    730  1.1     skrll {
    731  1.3  christos   return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_obj_tdata),
    732  1.1     skrll 				  SPARC_ELF_DATA);
    733  1.1     skrll }
    734  1.1     skrll 
    735  1.3  christos static void
    736  1.1     skrll sparc_put_word_32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma val, void *ptr)
    737  1.3  christos {
    738  1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr);
    739  1.1     skrll }
    740  1.1     skrll 
    741  1.3  christos static void
    742  1.1     skrll sparc_put_word_64 (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma val, void *ptr)
    743  1.3  christos {
    744  1.1     skrll   bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr);
    745  1.1     skrll }
    746  1.1     skrll 
    747  1.1     skrll static void
    748  1.1     skrll sparc_elf_append_rela (bfd *abfd, asection *s, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
    749  1.1     skrll {
    750  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
    751  1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *loc;
    752  1.1     skrll 
    753  1.1     skrll   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
    754  1.1     skrll   loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * bed->s->sizeof_rela);
    755  1.1     skrll   bed->s->swap_reloca_out (abfd, rel, loc);
    756  1.1     skrll }
    757  1.1     skrll 
    758  1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
    759  1.3  christos sparc_elf_r_info_64 (Elf_Internal_Rela *in_rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    760  1.1     skrll 		     bfd_vma rel_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    761  1.1     skrll 		     bfd_vma type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    762  1.3  christos {
    763  1.1     skrll   return ELF64_R_INFO (rel_index,
    764  1.1     skrll 		       (in_rel ?
    765  1.1     skrll 			ELF64_R_TYPE_INFO (ELF64_R_TYPE_DATA (in_rel->r_info),
    766  1.1     skrll 					   type) : type));
    767  1.1     skrll }
    768  1.1     skrll 
    769  1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
    770  1.3  christos sparc_elf_r_info_32 (Elf_Internal_Rela *in_rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    771  1.1     skrll 		     bfd_vma rel_index, bfd_vma type)
    772  1.3  christos {
    773  1.1     skrll   return ELF32_R_INFO (rel_index, type);
    774  1.1     skrll }
    775  1.1     skrll 
    776  1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
    777  1.1     skrll sparc_elf_r_symndx_64 (bfd_vma r_info)
    778  1.1     skrll {
    779  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (r_info);
    780  1.1     skrll   return (r_symndx >> 24);
    781  1.1     skrll }
    782  1.1     skrll 
    783  1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
    784  1.1     skrll sparc_elf_r_symndx_32 (bfd_vma r_info)
    785  1.1     skrll {
    786  1.1     skrll   return ELF32_R_SYM (r_info);
    787  1.1     skrll }
    788  1.1     skrll 
    789  1.1     skrll /* PLT/GOT stuff */
    790  1.1     skrll 
    791  1.1     skrll #define PLT32_ENTRY_SIZE 12
    792  1.1     skrll #define PLT32_HEADER_SIZE	(4 * PLT32_ENTRY_SIZE)
    793  1.1     skrll 
    794  1.1     skrll /* The first four entries in a 32-bit procedure linkage table are reserved,
    795  1.1     skrll    and the initial contents are unimportant (we zero them out).
    796  1.1     skrll    Subsequent entries look like this.  See the SVR4 ABI SPARC
    797  1.1     skrll    supplement to see how this works.  */
    798  1.1     skrll 
    799  1.1     skrll /* sethi %hi(.-.plt0),%g1.  We fill in the address later.  */
    800  1.1     skrll #define PLT32_ENTRY_WORD0 0x03000000
    801  1.1     skrll /* b,a .plt0.  We fill in the offset later.  */
    802  1.1     skrll #define PLT32_ENTRY_WORD1 0x30800000
    803  1.1     skrll /* nop.  */
    804  1.1     skrll #define PLT32_ENTRY_WORD2 SPARC_NOP
    805  1.1     skrll 
    806  1.1     skrll static int
    807  1.1     skrll sparc32_plt_entry_build (bfd *output_bfd, asection *splt, bfd_vma offset,
    808  1.1     skrll 			 bfd_vma max ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    809  1.1     skrll 			 bfd_vma *r_offset)
    810  1.1     skrll {
    811  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
    812  1.1     skrll 		  PLT32_ENTRY_WORD0 + offset,
    813  1.1     skrll 		  splt->contents + offset);
    814  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
    815  1.1     skrll 		  (PLT32_ENTRY_WORD1
    816  1.1     skrll 		   + (((- (offset + 4)) >> 2) & 0x3fffff)),
    817  1.1     skrll 		  splt->contents + offset + 4);
    818  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) PLT32_ENTRY_WORD2,
    819  1.1     skrll 		  splt->contents + offset + 8);
    820  1.1     skrll 
    821  1.1     skrll       *r_offset = offset;
    822  1.1     skrll 
    823  1.1     skrll       return offset / PLT32_ENTRY_SIZE - 4;
    824  1.1     skrll }
    825  1.1     skrll 
    826  1.1     skrll /* Both the headers and the entries are icache aligned.  */
    827  1.1     skrll #define PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE	32
    828  1.1     skrll #define PLT64_HEADER_SIZE	(4 * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE)
    829  1.1     skrll #define PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD	32768
    830  1.1     skrll 
    831  1.1     skrll static int
    832  1.1     skrll sparc64_plt_entry_build (bfd *output_bfd, asection *splt, bfd_vma offset,
    833  1.1     skrll 			 bfd_vma max, bfd_vma *r_offset)
    834  1.1     skrll {
    835  1.1     skrll   unsigned char *entry = splt->contents + offset;
    836  1.3  christos   const unsigned int nop = SPARC_NOP;
    837  1.1     skrll   int plt_index;
    838  1.1     skrll 
    839  1.1     skrll   if (offset < (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE))
    840  1.1     skrll     {
    841  1.1     skrll       unsigned int sethi, ba;
    842  1.1     skrll 
    843  1.1     skrll       *r_offset = offset;
    844  1.3  christos 
    845  1.1     skrll       plt_index = (offset / PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE);
    846  1.3  christos 
    847  1.1     skrll       sethi = 0x03000000 | (plt_index * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE);
    848  1.1     skrll       ba = 0x30680000
    849  1.1     skrll 	| (((splt->contents + PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE) - (entry + 4)) / 4 & 0x7ffff);
    850  1.1     skrll 
    851  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) sethi, entry);
    852  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) ba,    entry + 4);
    853  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 8);
    854  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 12);
    855  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 16);
    856  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 20);
    857  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 24);
    858  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 28);
    859  1.1     skrll     }
    860  1.1     skrll   else
    861  1.1     skrll     {
    862  1.1     skrll       unsigned char *ptr;
    863  1.1     skrll       unsigned int ldx;
    864  1.1     skrll       int block, last_block, ofs, last_ofs, chunks_this_block;
    865  1.1     skrll       const int insn_chunk_size = (6 * 4);
    866  1.1     skrll       const int ptr_chunk_size = (1 * 8);
    867  1.1     skrll       const int entries_per_block = 160;
    868  1.1     skrll       const int block_size = entries_per_block * (insn_chunk_size
    869  1.1     skrll 						  + ptr_chunk_size);
    870  1.1     skrll 
    871  1.1     skrll       /* Entries 32768 and higher are grouped into blocks of 160.
    872  1.1     skrll 	 The blocks are further subdivided into 160 sequences of
    873  1.1     skrll 	 6 instructions and 160 pointers.  If a block does not require
    874  1.1     skrll 	 the full 160 entries, let's say it requires N, then there
    875  1.1     skrll 	 will be N sequences of 6 instructions and N pointers.  */
    876  1.1     skrll 
    877  1.1     skrll       offset -= (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE);
    878  1.1     skrll       max -= (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE);
    879  1.1     skrll 
    880  1.1     skrll       block = offset / block_size;
    881  1.1     skrll       last_block = max / block_size;
    882  1.1     skrll       if (block != last_block)
    883  1.1     skrll 	{
    884  1.1     skrll 	  chunks_this_block = 160;
    885  1.1     skrll 	}
    886  1.1     skrll       else
    887  1.1     skrll 	{
    888  1.1     skrll 	  last_ofs = max % block_size;
    889  1.1     skrll 	  chunks_this_block = last_ofs / (insn_chunk_size + ptr_chunk_size);
    890  1.1     skrll 	}
    891  1.1     skrll 
    892  1.1     skrll       ofs = offset % block_size;
    893  1.3  christos 
    894  1.1     skrll       plt_index = (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD +
    895  1.1     skrll 	       (block * 160) +
    896  1.1     skrll 	       (ofs / insn_chunk_size));
    897  1.1     skrll 
    898  1.1     skrll       ptr = splt->contents
    899  1.1     skrll 	+ (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE)
    900  1.1     skrll 	+ (block * block_size)
    901  1.1     skrll 	+ (chunks_this_block * insn_chunk_size)
    902  1.1     skrll 	+ (ofs / insn_chunk_size) * ptr_chunk_size;
    903  1.1     skrll 
    904  1.1     skrll       *r_offset = (bfd_vma) (ptr - splt->contents);
    905  1.1     skrll 
    906  1.1     skrll       ldx = 0xc25be000 | ((ptr - (entry+4)) & 0x1fff);
    907  1.1     skrll 
    908  1.1     skrll       /* mov %o7,%g5
    909  1.1     skrll 	 call .+8
    910  1.1     skrll 	 nop
    911  1.1     skrll 	 ldx [%o7+P],%g1
    912  1.1     skrll 	 jmpl %o7+%g1,%g1
    913  1.1     skrll 	 mov %g5,%o7  */
    914  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x8a10000f, entry);
    915  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x40000002, entry + 4);
    916  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) SPARC_NOP,  entry + 8);
    917  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) ldx,        entry + 12);
    918  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x83c3c001, entry + 16);
    919  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x9e100005, entry + 20);
    920  1.1     skrll 
    921  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) (splt->contents - (entry + 4)), ptr);
    922  1.1     skrll     }
    923  1.3  christos 
    924  1.1     skrll   return plt_index - 4;
    925  1.1     skrll }
    926  1.1     skrll 
    927  1.1     skrll /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable.  */
    928  1.1     skrll static const bfd_vma sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
    929  1.1     skrll   {
    930  1.1     skrll     0x05000000,	/* sethi  %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+8), %g2 */
    931  1.1     skrll     0x8410a000,	/* or     %g2, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+8), %g2 */
    932  1.1     skrll     0xc4008000,	/* ld     [ %g2 ], %g2 */
    933  1.1     skrll     0x81c08000,	/* jmp    %g2 */
    934  1.1     skrll     0x01000000	/* nop */
    935  1.1     skrll   };
    936  1.1     skrll 
    937  1.1     skrll /* The format of subsequent PLT entries.  */
    938  1.1     skrll static const bfd_vma sparc_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
    939  1.1     skrll   {
    940  1.1     skrll     0x03000000,	/* sethi  %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+f@got), %g1 */
    941  1.1     skrll     0x82106000,	/* or     %g1, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+f@got), %g1 */
    942  1.1     skrll     0xc2004000,	/* ld     [ %g1 ], %g1 */
    943  1.1     skrll     0x81c04000,	/* jmp    %g1 */
    944  1.1     skrll     0x01000000,	/* nop */
    945  1.1     skrll     0x03000000,	/* sethi  %hi(f@pltindex), %g1 */
    946  1.1     skrll     0x10800000,	/* b      _PLT_resolve */
    947  1.1     skrll     0x82106000	/* or     %g1, %lo(f@pltindex), %g1 */
    948  1.1     skrll   };
    949  1.1     skrll 
    950  1.1     skrll /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object.  */
    951  1.1     skrll static const bfd_vma sparc_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
    952  1.1     skrll   {
    953  1.1     skrll     0xc405e008,	/* ld     [ %l7 + 8 ], %g2 */
    954  1.1     skrll     0x81c08000,	/* jmp    %g2 */
    955  1.1     skrll     0x01000000	/* nop */
    956  1.1     skrll   };
    957  1.1     skrll 
    958  1.1     skrll /* The format of subsequent PLT entries.  */
    959  1.1     skrll static const bfd_vma sparc_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
    960  1.1     skrll   {
    961  1.1     skrll     0x03000000,	/* sethi  %hi(f@got), %g1 */
    962  1.1     skrll     0x82106000,	/* or     %g1, %lo(f@got), %g1 */
    963  1.1     skrll     0xc205c001,	/* ld     [ %l7 + %g1 ], %g1 */
    964  1.1     skrll     0x81c04000,	/* jmp    %g1 */
    965  1.1     skrll     0x01000000,	/* nop */
    966  1.1     skrll     0x03000000,	/* sethi  %hi(f@pltindex), %g1 */
    967  1.1     skrll     0x10800000,	/* b      _PLT_resolve */
    968  1.1     skrll     0x82106000	/* or     %g1, %lo(f@pltindex), %g1 */
    969  1.1     skrll   };
    970  1.1     skrll 
    971  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD(htab, bfd, val, ptr)	\
    972  1.1     skrll 	htab->put_word(bfd, val, ptr)
    973  1.1     skrll 
    974  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_ELF_R_INFO(htab, in_rel, index, type)	\
    975  1.1     skrll 	htab->r_info(in_rel, index, type)
    976  1.1     skrll 
    977  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX(htab, r_info)	\
    978  1.1     skrll 	htab->r_symndx(r_info)
    979  1.1     skrll 
    980  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES(htab)	\
    981  1.1     skrll 	htab->bytes_per_word
    982  1.1     skrll 
    983  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES(htab)	\
    984  1.1     skrll 	htab->bytes_per_rela
    985  1.1     skrll 
    986  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_ELF_DTPOFF_RELOC(htab)	\
    987  1.1     skrll 	htab->dtpoff_reloc
    988  1.1     skrll 
    989  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_ELF_DTPMOD_RELOC(htab)	\
    990  1.1     skrll 	htab->dtpmod_reloc
    991  1.1     skrll 
    992  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_ELF_TPOFF_RELOC(htab)	\
    993  1.1     skrll 	htab->tpoff_reloc
    994  1.1     skrll 
    995  1.1     skrll #define SPARC_ELF_BUILD_PLT_ENTRY(htab, obfd, splt, off, max, r_off) \
    996  1.1     skrll 	htab->build_plt_entry (obfd, splt, off, max, r_off)
    997  1.1     skrll 
    998  1.1     skrll /* Create an entry in an SPARC ELF linker hash table.  */
    999  1.1     skrll 
   1000  1.1     skrll static struct bfd_hash_entry *
   1001  1.1     skrll link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
   1002  1.1     skrll 		   struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
   1003  1.1     skrll {
   1004  1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
   1005  1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
   1006  1.1     skrll   if (entry == NULL)
   1007  1.1     skrll     {
   1008  1.1     skrll       entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
   1009  1.1     skrll 				 sizeof (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry));
   1010  1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1011  1.1     skrll 	return entry;
   1012  1.1     skrll     }
   1013  1.1     skrll 
   1014  1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
   1015  1.1     skrll   entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
   1016  1.1     skrll   if (entry != NULL)
   1017  1.1     skrll     {
   1018  1.1     skrll       struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   1019  1.1     skrll 
   1020  1.1     skrll       eh = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
   1021  1.1     skrll       eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1022  1.1     skrll       eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   1023  1.1     skrll     }
   1024  1.1     skrll 
   1025  1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1026  1.1     skrll }
   1027  1.1     skrll 
   1028  1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
   1029  1.1     skrll    section.  */
   1030  1.1     skrll 
   1031  1.1     skrll #define ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
   1032  1.1     skrll #define ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/sparcv9/ld.so.1"
   1033  1.3  christos 
   1034  1.3  christos /* Compute a hash of a local hash entry.  We use elf_link_hash_entry
   1035  1.3  christos    for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols
   1036  1.3  christos    as global symbol.  We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol
   1037  1.3  christos    hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend.  */
   1038  1.3  christos 
   1039  1.3  christos static hashval_t
   1040  1.3  christos elf_sparc_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
   1041  1.3  christos {
   1042  1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
   1043  1.3  christos     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr;
   1044  1.3  christos   return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index);
   1045  1.3  christos }
   1046  1.3  christos 
   1047  1.3  christos /* Compare local hash entries.  */
   1048  1.3  christos 
   1049  1.3  christos static int
   1050  1.3  christos elf_sparc_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
   1051  1.3  christos {
   1052  1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1
   1053  1.3  christos      = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1;
   1054  1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2
   1055  1.3  christos     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2;
   1056  1.3  christos 
   1057  1.3  christos   return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index;
   1058  1.3  christos }
   1059  1.3  christos 
   1060  1.3  christos /* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol.  */
   1061  1.3  christos 
   1062  1.3  christos static struct elf_link_hash_entry *
   1063  1.3  christos elf_sparc_get_local_sym_hash (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab,
   1064  1.3  christos 			      bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   1065  1.3  christos 			      bfd_boolean create)
   1066  1.3  christos {
   1067  1.3  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry e, *ret;
   1068  1.3  christos   asection *sec = abfd->sections;
   1069  1.3  christos   unsigned long r_symndx;
   1070  1.3  christos   hashval_t h;
   1071  1.3  christos   void **slot;
   1072  1.3  christos 
   1073  1.3  christos   r_symndx = SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX (htab, rel->r_info);
   1074  1.3  christos   h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id, r_symndx);
   1075  1.3  christos 
   1076  1.3  christos   e.elf.indx = sec->id;
   1077  1.3  christos   e.elf.dynstr_index = r_symndx;
   1078  1.3  christos   slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
   1079  1.3  christos 				   create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
   1080  1.3  christos 
   1081  1.3  christos   if (!slot)
   1082  1.3  christos     return NULL;
   1083  1.3  christos 
   1084  1.3  christos   if (*slot)
   1085  1.3  christos     {
   1086  1.3  christos       ret = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
   1087  1.3  christos       return &ret->elf;
   1088  1.3  christos     }
   1089  1.3  christos 
   1090  1.3  christos   ret = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *)
   1091  1.3  christos 	objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory,
   1092  1.3  christos 			sizeof (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry));
   1093  1.3  christos   if (ret)
   1094  1.3  christos     {
   1095  1.3  christos       memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
   1096  1.3  christos       ret->elf.indx = sec->id;
   1097  1.3  christos       ret->elf.dynstr_index = r_symndx;
   1098  1.3  christos       ret->elf.dynindx = -1;
   1099  1.3  christos       ret->elf.plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1100  1.3  christos       ret->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1101  1.3  christos       *slot = ret;
   1102  1.3  christos     }
   1103  1.3  christos   return &ret->elf;
   1104  1.3  christos }
   1105  1.7  christos 
   1106  1.7  christos /* Destroy a SPARC ELF linker hash table.  */
   1107  1.7  christos 
   1108  1.7  christos static void
   1109  1.7  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
   1110  1.7  christos {
   1111  1.7  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
   1112  1.7  christos     = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
   1113  1.7  christos 
   1114  1.7  christos   if (htab->loc_hash_table)
   1115  1.7  christos     htab_delete (htab->loc_hash_table);
   1116  1.7  christos   if (htab->loc_hash_memory)
   1117  1.7  christos     objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory);
   1118  1.7  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
   1119  1.7  christos }
   1120  1.1     skrll 
   1121  1.1     skrll /* Create a SPARC ELF linker hash table.  */
   1122  1.1     skrll 
   1123  1.1     skrll struct bfd_link_hash_table *
   1124  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
   1125  1.1     skrll {
   1126  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
   1127  1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table);
   1128  1.1     skrll 
   1129  1.1     skrll   ret = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
   1130  1.1     skrll   if (ret == NULL)
   1131  1.1     skrll     return NULL;
   1132  1.1     skrll 
   1133  1.1     skrll   if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
   1134  1.1     skrll     {
   1135  1.1     skrll       ret->put_word = sparc_put_word_64;
   1136  1.1     skrll       ret->r_info = sparc_elf_r_info_64;
   1137  1.1     skrll       ret->r_symndx = sparc_elf_r_symndx_64;
   1138  1.1     skrll       ret->dtpoff_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64;
   1139  1.1     skrll       ret->dtpmod_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD64;
   1140  1.1     skrll       ret->tpoff_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64;
   1141  1.1     skrll       ret->word_align_power = 3;
   1142  1.1     skrll       ret->align_power_max = 4;
   1143  1.1     skrll       ret->bytes_per_word = 8;
   1144  1.1     skrll       ret->bytes_per_rela = sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
   1145  1.1     skrll       ret->dynamic_interpreter = ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   1146  1.3  christos       ret->dynamic_interpreter_size = sizeof ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   1147  1.3  christos 
   1148  1.3  christos       ret->build_plt_entry = sparc64_plt_entry_build;
   1149  1.3  christos       ret->plt_header_size = PLT64_HEADER_SIZE;
   1150  1.1     skrll       ret->plt_entry_size = PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1151  1.1     skrll     }
   1152  1.1     skrll   else
   1153  1.1     skrll     {
   1154  1.1     skrll       ret->put_word = sparc_put_word_32;
   1155  1.1     skrll       ret->r_info = sparc_elf_r_info_32;
   1156  1.1     skrll       ret->r_symndx = sparc_elf_r_symndx_32;
   1157  1.1     skrll       ret->dtpoff_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32;
   1158  1.1     skrll       ret->dtpmod_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD32;
   1159  1.1     skrll       ret->tpoff_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF32;
   1160  1.1     skrll       ret->word_align_power = 2;
   1161  1.1     skrll       ret->align_power_max = 3;
   1162  1.1     skrll       ret->bytes_per_word = 4;
   1163  1.1     skrll       ret->bytes_per_rela = sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1164  1.1     skrll       ret->dynamic_interpreter = ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   1165  1.3  christos       ret->dynamic_interpreter_size = sizeof ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   1166  1.3  christos 
   1167  1.3  christos       ret->build_plt_entry = sparc32_plt_entry_build;
   1168  1.3  christos       ret->plt_header_size = PLT32_HEADER_SIZE;
   1169  1.1     skrll       ret->plt_entry_size = PLT32_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1170  1.1     skrll     }
   1171  1.1     skrll 
   1172  1.3  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, link_hash_newfunc,
   1173  1.3  christos 				      sizeof (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry),
   1174  1.3  christos 				      SPARC_ELF_DATA))
   1175  1.3  christos     {
   1176  1.3  christos       free (ret);
   1177  1.3  christos       return NULL;
   1178  1.3  christos     }
   1179  1.3  christos 
   1180  1.3  christos   ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024,
   1181  1.3  christos 					 elf_sparc_local_htab_hash,
   1182  1.3  christos 					 elf_sparc_local_htab_eq,
   1183  1.3  christos 					 NULL);
   1184  1.3  christos   ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
   1185  1.1     skrll   if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
   1186  1.7  christos     {
   1187  1.1     skrll       _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd);
   1188  1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1189  1.7  christos     }
   1190  1.1     skrll   ret->elf.root.hash_table_free = _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table_free;
   1191  1.1     skrll 
   1192  1.1     skrll   return &ret->elf.root;
   1193  1.1     skrll }
   1194  1.1     skrll 
   1195  1.1     skrll /* Create .plt, .rela.plt, .got, .rela.got, .dynbss, and
   1196  1.1     skrll    .rela.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our
   1197  1.1     skrll    hash table.  */
   1198  1.1     skrll 
   1199  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   1200  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj,
   1201  1.1     skrll 					struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1202  1.1     skrll {
   1203  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1204  1.1     skrll 
   1205  1.3  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   1206  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   1207  1.1     skrll 
   1208  1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
   1209  1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1210  1.6  christos 
   1211  1.7  christos   htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss");
   1212  1.6  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   1213  1.1     skrll     htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   1214  1.1     skrll 
   1215  1.1     skrll   if (htab->is_vxworks)
   1216  1.1     skrll     {
   1217  1.1     skrll       if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info, &htab->srelplt2))
   1218  1.7  christos 	return FALSE;
   1219  1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1220  1.1     skrll 	{
   1221  1.1     skrll 	  htab->plt_header_size
   1222  1.1     skrll 	    = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (sparc_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
   1223  1.1     skrll 	  htab->plt_entry_size
   1224  1.1     skrll 	    = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (sparc_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
   1225  1.1     skrll 	}
   1226  1.1     skrll       else
   1227  1.1     skrll 	{
   1228  1.1     skrll 	  htab->plt_header_size
   1229  1.1     skrll 	    = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
   1230  1.1     skrll 	  htab->plt_entry_size
   1231  1.1     skrll 	    = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (sparc_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
   1232  1.1     skrll 	}
   1233  1.1     skrll     }
   1234  1.3  christos 
   1235  1.7  christos   if (!htab->elf.splt || !htab->elf.srelplt || !htab->sdynbss
   1236  1.1     skrll       || (!bfd_link_pic (info) && !htab->srelbss))
   1237  1.1     skrll     abort ();
   1238  1.1     skrll 
   1239  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1240  1.1     skrll }
   1241  1.3  christos 
   1242  1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1243  1.3  christos create_ifunc_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1244  1.3  christos {
   1245  1.3  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
   1246  1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   1247  1.3  christos   flagword flags, pltflags;
   1248  1.3  christos   asection *s;
   1249  1.3  christos 
   1250  1.3  christos   if (htab->irelifunc != NULL || htab->iplt != NULL)
   1251  1.3  christos     return TRUE;
   1252  1.3  christos 
   1253  1.3  christos   flags = bed->dynamic_sec_flags;
   1254  1.3  christos   pltflags = flags | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LOAD;
   1255  1.3  christos 
   1256  1.3  christos   s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", pltflags);
   1257  1.3  christos   if (s == NULL
   1258  1.3  christos       || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
   1259  1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1260  1.3  christos   htab->iplt = s;
   1261  1.3  christos 
   1262  1.3  christos   s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt",
   1263  1.3  christos 				   flags | SEC_READONLY);
   1264  1.3  christos   if (s == NULL
   1265  1.3  christos       || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
   1266  1.3  christos 				      bed->s->log_file_align))
   1267  1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1268  1.3  christos   htab->irelplt = s;
   1269  1.3  christos 
   1270  1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   1271  1.3  christos }
   1272  1.1     skrll 
   1273  1.1     skrll /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
   1274  1.1     skrll 
   1275  1.1     skrll void
   1276  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1277  1.1     skrll 				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   1278  1.1     skrll 				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   1279  1.1     skrll {
   1280  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   1281  1.1     skrll 
   1282  1.1     skrll   edir = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
   1283  1.1     skrll   eind = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
   1284  1.1     skrll 
   1285  1.1     skrll   if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   1286  1.1     skrll     {
   1287  1.1     skrll       if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   1288  1.1     skrll 	{
   1289  1.1     skrll 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   1290  1.1     skrll 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1291  1.1     skrll 
   1292  1.1     skrll 	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
   1293  1.1     skrll 	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
   1294  1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   1295  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1296  1.1     skrll 	      struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *q;
   1297  1.1     skrll 
   1298  1.1     skrll 	      for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
   1299  1.1     skrll 		if (q->sec == p->sec)
   1300  1.1     skrll 		  {
   1301  1.1     skrll 		    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
   1302  1.1     skrll 		    q->count += p->count;
   1303  1.1     skrll 		    *pp = p->next;
   1304  1.1     skrll 		    break;
   1305  1.1     skrll 		  }
   1306  1.1     skrll 	      if (q == NULL)
   1307  1.1     skrll 		pp = &p->next;
   1308  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1309  1.1     skrll 	  *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
   1310  1.1     skrll 	}
   1311  1.1     skrll 
   1312  1.1     skrll       edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
   1313  1.1     skrll       eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1314  1.1     skrll     }
   1315  1.1     skrll 
   1316  1.1     skrll   if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   1317  1.1     skrll       && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
   1318  1.1     skrll     {
   1319  1.1     skrll       edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type;
   1320  1.1     skrll       eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   1321  1.1     skrll     }
   1322  1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   1323  1.1     skrll }
   1324  1.1     skrll 
   1325  1.1     skrll static int
   1326  1.1     skrll sparc_elf_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
   1327  1.1     skrll 			  int r_type, int is_local)
   1328  1.1     skrll {
   1329  1.1     skrll   if (! ABI_64_P (abfd)
   1330  1.1     skrll       && r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22
   1331  1.1     skrll       && ! _bfd_sparc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_tlsgd)
   1332  1.1     skrll     r_type = R_SPARC_REV32;
   1333  1.7  christos 
   1334  1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1335  1.1     skrll     return r_type;
   1336  1.1     skrll 
   1337  1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
   1338  1.1     skrll     {
   1339  1.1     skrll     case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   1340  1.1     skrll       if (is_local)
   1341  1.1     skrll 	return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22;
   1342  1.1     skrll       return R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22;
   1343  1.1     skrll     case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   1344  1.1     skrll       if (is_local)
   1345  1.1     skrll 	return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10;
   1346  1.1     skrll       return R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10;
   1347  1.1     skrll     case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   1348  1.1     skrll       if (is_local)
   1349  1.1     skrll 	return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22;
   1350  1.1     skrll       return r_type;
   1351  1.1     skrll     case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   1352  1.1     skrll       if (is_local)
   1353  1.1     skrll 	return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10;
   1354  1.1     skrll       return r_type;
   1355  1.1     skrll     case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
   1356  1.1     skrll       return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22;
   1357  1.1     skrll     case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
   1358  1.1     skrll       return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10;
   1359  1.1     skrll     }
   1360  1.1     skrll 
   1361  1.1     skrll   return r_type;
   1362  1.1     skrll }
   1363  1.1     skrll 
   1364  1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   1366  1.1     skrll    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
   1367  1.1     skrll    table.  */
   1368  1.1     skrll 
   1369  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   1370  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1371  1.1     skrll 			     asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   1372  1.1     skrll {
   1373  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1374  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   1375  1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   1376  1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   1377  1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   1378  1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   1379  1.1     skrll   int num_relocs;
   1380  1.7  christos   bfd_boolean checked_tlsgd = FALSE;
   1381  1.1     skrll 
   1382  1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   1383  1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   1384  1.3  christos 
   1385  1.1     skrll   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   1386  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   1387  1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   1388  1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   1389  1.1     skrll 
   1390  1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   1391  1.3  christos 
   1392  1.1     skrll   if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
   1393  1.1     skrll     num_relocs = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (_bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec));
   1394  1.1     skrll   else
   1395  1.1     skrll     num_relocs = sec->reloc_count;
   1396  1.1     skrll 
   1397  1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (is_sparc_elf (abfd) || num_relocs == 0);
   1398  1.3  christos 
   1399  1.3  christos   if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
   1400  1.3  christos     htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
   1401  1.3  christos   if (!create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
   1402  1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1403  1.1     skrll 
   1404  1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + num_relocs;
   1405  1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   1406  1.1     skrll     {
   1407  1.1     skrll       unsigned int r_type;
   1408  1.3  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   1409  1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   1410  1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   1411  1.1     skrll 
   1412  1.1     skrll       r_symndx = SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX (htab, rel->r_info);
   1413  1.1     skrll       r_type = SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   1414  1.1     skrll 
   1415  1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
   1416  1.1     skrll 	{
   1417  1.1     skrll 	  (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"),
   1418  1.1     skrll 				 abfd, r_symndx);
   1419  1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   1420  1.3  christos 	}
   1421  1.1     skrll 
   1422  1.3  christos       isym = NULL;
   1423  1.3  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1424  1.3  christos 	{
   1425  1.3  christos 	  /* A local symbol.  */
   1426  1.3  christos 	  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
   1427  1.3  christos 					abfd, r_symndx);
   1428  1.3  christos 	  if (isym == NULL)
   1429  1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   1430  1.3  christos 
   1431  1.3  christos 	  /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
   1432  1.3  christos 	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   1433  1.3  christos 	    {
   1434  1.3  christos 	      h = elf_sparc_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel,
   1435  1.3  christos 						TRUE);
   1436  1.7  christos 	      if (h == NULL)
   1437  1.3  christos 		return FALSE;
   1438  1.3  christos 
   1439  1.3  christos 	      /* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
   1440  1.3  christos 	      h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
   1441  1.3  christos 	      h->def_regular = 1;
   1442  1.3  christos 	      h->ref_regular = 1;
   1443  1.3  christos 	      h->forced_local = 1;
   1444  1.3  christos 	      h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
   1445  1.3  christos 	    }
   1446  1.3  christos 	  else
   1447  1.1     skrll 	    h = NULL;
   1448  1.1     skrll 	}
   1449  1.1     skrll       else
   1450  1.1     skrll 	{
   1451  1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   1452  1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   1453  1.7  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   1454  1.7  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   1455  1.7  christos 
   1456  1.7  christos 	  /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
   1457  1.1     skrll 	     object.  */
   1458  1.1     skrll 	  h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
   1459  1.3  christos 	}
   1460  1.3  christos 
   1461  1.3  christos       if (h && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   1462  1.3  christos 	{
   1463  1.3  christos 	  if (h->def_regular)
   1464  1.3  christos 	    {
   1465  1.3  christos 	      h->ref_regular = 1;
   1466  1.3  christos 	      h->plt.refcount += 1;
   1467  1.3  christos 	    }
   1468  1.1     skrll 	}
   1469  1.1     skrll 
   1470  1.1     skrll       /* Compatibility with old R_SPARC_REV32 reloc conflicting
   1471  1.1     skrll 	 with R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22.  */
   1472  1.1     skrll       if (! ABI_64_P (abfd) && ! checked_tlsgd)
   1473  1.1     skrll 	switch (r_type)
   1474  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1475  1.1     skrll 	  case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   1476  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1477  1.1     skrll 	      const Elf_Internal_Rela *relt;
   1478  1.1     skrll 
   1479  1.1     skrll 	      for (relt = rel + 1; relt < rel_end; relt++)
   1480  1.1     skrll 		if (ELF32_R_TYPE (relt->r_info) == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10
   1481  1.1     skrll 		    || ELF32_R_TYPE (relt->r_info) == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD
   1482  1.1     skrll 		    || ELF32_R_TYPE (relt->r_info) == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL)
   1483  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   1484  1.1     skrll 	      checked_tlsgd = TRUE;
   1485  1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_sparc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_tlsgd = relt < rel_end;
   1486  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1487  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1488  1.1     skrll 	  case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   1489  1.1     skrll 	  case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD:
   1490  1.1     skrll 	  case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   1491  1.1     skrll 	    checked_tlsgd = TRUE;
   1492  1.1     skrll 	    _bfd_sparc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_tlsgd = TRUE;
   1493  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1494  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1495  1.1     skrll 
   1496  1.1     skrll       r_type = sparc_elf_tls_transition (info, abfd, r_type, h == NULL);
   1497  1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   1498  1.1     skrll 	{
   1499  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
   1500  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
   1501  1.1     skrll 	  htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
   1502  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1503  1.1     skrll 
   1504  1.7  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22:
   1505  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10:
   1506  1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1507  1.1     skrll 	    goto r_sparc_plt32;
   1508  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1509  1.1     skrll 
   1510  1.7  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   1511  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   1512  1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1513  1.1     skrll 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   1514  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through */
   1515  1.1     skrll 
   1516  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOT10:
   1517  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOT13:
   1518  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOT22:
   1519  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22:
   1520  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10:
   1521  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   1522  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   1523  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   1524  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   1525  1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   1526  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1527  1.1     skrll 	    int tls_type, old_tls_type;
   1528  1.1     skrll 
   1529  1.1     skrll 	    switch (r_type)
   1530  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1531  1.1     skrll 	      default:
   1532  1.1     skrll 	      case R_SPARC_GOT10:
   1533  1.1     skrll 	      case R_SPARC_GOT13:
   1534  1.1     skrll 	      case R_SPARC_GOT22:
   1535  1.1     skrll 	      case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   1536  1.1     skrll 	      case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   1537  1.1     skrll 		tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
   1538  1.1     skrll 		break;
   1539  1.1     skrll 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   1540  1.1     skrll 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   1541  1.1     skrll 		tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
   1542  1.1     skrll 		break;
   1543  1.1     skrll 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   1544  1.1     skrll 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   1545  1.1     skrll 		tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
   1546  1.1     skrll 		break;
   1547  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1548  1.1     skrll 
   1549  1.1     skrll 	    if (h != NULL)
   1550  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1551  1.1     skrll 		h->got.refcount += 1;
   1552  1.1     skrll 		old_tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
   1553  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1554  1.1     skrll 	    else
   1555  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1556  1.1     skrll 		bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   1557  1.1     skrll 
   1558  1.1     skrll 		/* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
   1559  1.1     skrll 		local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   1560  1.1     skrll 		if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   1561  1.1     skrll 		  {
   1562  1.1     skrll 		    bfd_size_type size;
   1563  1.1     skrll 
   1564  1.1     skrll 		    size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1565  1.1     skrll 		    size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma) + sizeof(char));
   1566  1.1     skrll 		    local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
   1567  1.1     skrll 					   bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
   1568  1.1     skrll 		    if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   1569  1.1     skrll 		      return FALSE;
   1570  1.1     skrll 		    elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
   1571  1.1     skrll 		    _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
   1572  1.3  christos 		      = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   1573  1.3  christos 		  }
   1574  1.3  christos 		switch (r_type)
   1575  1.3  christos 		  {
   1576  1.3  christos 		  case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   1577  1.3  christos 		  case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   1578  1.3  christos 		    break;
   1579  1.3  christos 
   1580  1.3  christos 		  default:
   1581  1.3  christos 		    local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
   1582  1.1     skrll 		    break;
   1583  1.1     skrll 		  }
   1584  1.1     skrll 		old_tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
   1585  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1586  1.1     skrll 
   1587  1.1     skrll 	    /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
   1588  1.1     skrll 	       there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
   1589  1.1     skrll 	    if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
   1590  1.1     skrll 		&& (old_tls_type != GOT_TLS_GD
   1591  1.1     skrll 		    || tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
   1592  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1593  1.1     skrll 		if (old_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   1594  1.1     skrll 		  tls_type = old_tls_type;
   1595  1.1     skrll 		else
   1596  1.1     skrll 		  {
   1597  1.1     skrll 		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1598  1.1     skrll 		      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
   1599  1.1     skrll 		       abfd, h ? h->root.root.string : "<local>");
   1600  1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   1601  1.1     skrll 		  }
   1602  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1603  1.1     skrll 
   1604  1.1     skrll 	    if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
   1605  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1606  1.1     skrll 		if (h != NULL)
   1607  1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type;
   1608  1.1     skrll 		else
   1609  1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type;
   1610  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1611  1.3  christos 	  }
   1612  1.1     skrll 
   1613  1.3  christos 	  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
   1614  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1615  1.1     skrll 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
   1616  1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   1617  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1618  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1619  1.1     skrll 
   1620  1.7  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   1621  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL:
   1622  1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1623  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1624  1.1     skrll 	      /* These are basically R_SPARC_TLS_WPLT30 relocs against
   1625  1.1     skrll 		 __tls_get_addr.  */
   1626  1.1     skrll 	      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
   1627  1.1     skrll 	      if (! _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, abfd,
   1628  1.1     skrll 						      "__tls_get_addr", 0,
   1629  1.1     skrll 						      bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
   1630  1.1     skrll 						      NULL, FALSE, FALSE,
   1631  1.1     skrll 						      &bh))
   1632  1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   1633  1.1     skrll 	      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
   1634  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1635  1.1     skrll 	  else
   1636  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1637  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through */
   1638  1.1     skrll 
   1639  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PLT32:
   1640  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WPLT30:
   1641  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HIPLT22:
   1642  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_LOPLT10:
   1643  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT32:
   1644  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT22:
   1645  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT10:
   1646  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PLT64:
   1647  1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   1648  1.1     skrll 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   1649  1.1     skrll 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code without
   1650  1.1     skrll 	     linking in any dynamic objects, in which case we don't
   1651  1.1     skrll 	     need to generate a procedure linkage table after all.  */
   1652  1.1     skrll 
   1653  1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   1654  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1655  1.1     skrll 	      if (! ABI_64_P (abfd))
   1656  1.1     skrll 		{
   1657  1.1     skrll 		  /* The Solaris native assembler will generate a WPLT30
   1658  1.1     skrll 		     reloc for a local symbol if you assemble a call from
   1659  1.1     skrll 		     one section to another when using -K pic.  We treat
   1660  1.1     skrll 		     it as WDISP30.  */
   1661  1.1     skrll 		  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SPARC_PLT32)
   1662  1.1     skrll 		    goto r_sparc_plt32;
   1663  1.3  christos 		  break;
   1664  1.3  christos 		}
   1665  1.3  christos 	      /* PR 7027: We need similar behaviour for 64-bit binaries.  */
   1666  1.1     skrll 	      else if (r_type == R_SPARC_WPLT30)
   1667  1.1     skrll 		break;
   1668  1.1     skrll 
   1669  1.1     skrll 	      /* It does not make sense to have a procedure linkage
   1670  1.1     skrll                  table entry for a local symbol.  */
   1671  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1672  1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   1673  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1674  1.1     skrll 
   1675  1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   1676  1.1     skrll 
   1677  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1678  1.1     skrll 	    int this_r_type;
   1679  1.1     skrll 
   1680  1.1     skrll 	    this_r_type = SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   1681  1.1     skrll 	    if (this_r_type == R_SPARC_PLT32
   1682  1.1     skrll 		|| this_r_type == R_SPARC_PLT64)
   1683  1.1     skrll 	      goto r_sparc_plt32;
   1684  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1685  1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   1686  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1687  1.1     skrll 
   1688  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC10:
   1689  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC22:
   1690  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC_HH22:
   1691  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC_HM10:
   1692  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC_LM22:
   1693  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   1694  1.1     skrll 	    h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1695  1.1     skrll 
   1696  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   1697  1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   1698  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1699  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1700  1.1     skrll 
   1701  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_DISP8:
   1702  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_DISP16:
   1703  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_DISP32:
   1704  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_DISP64:
   1705  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP30:
   1706  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP22:
   1707  1.6  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP19:
   1708  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP16:
   1709  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP10:
   1710  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_8:
   1711  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_16:
   1712  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_32:
   1713  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HI22:
   1714  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_22:
   1715  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_13:
   1716  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_LO10:
   1717  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_UA16:
   1718  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_UA32:
   1719  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_10:
   1720  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_11:
   1721  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_64:
   1722  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_OLO10:
   1723  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HH22:
   1724  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HM10:
   1725  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_LM22:
   1726  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_7:
   1727  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_5:
   1728  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_6:
   1729  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HIX22:
   1730  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_LOX10:
   1731  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_H44:
   1732  1.6  christos 	case R_SPARC_M44:
   1733  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_L44:
   1734  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_H34:
   1735  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_UA64:
   1736  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   1737  1.1     skrll 	    h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1738  1.7  christos 
   1739  1.1     skrll 	r_sparc_plt32:
   1740  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   1741  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1742  1.1     skrll 	      /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
   1743  1.1     skrll 		 refers to is in a shared lib.  */
   1744  1.1     skrll 	      h->plt.refcount += 1;
   1745  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1746  1.1     skrll 
   1747  1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
   1748  1.1     skrll 	     against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
   1749  1.1     skrll 	     against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
   1750  1.1     skrll 	     into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
   1751  1.1     skrll 	     -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
   1752  1.1     skrll 	     global symbol which is defined in an object we are
   1753  1.1     skrll 	     including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
   1754  1.1     skrll 	     this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
   1755  1.1     skrll 	     possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
   1756  1.1     skrll 	     later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak definition,
   1757  1.1     skrll 	     DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
   1758  1.1     skrll 	     a shared library.  We account for that possibility below by
   1759  1.1     skrll 	     storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash
   1760  1.1     skrll 	     table entry.  A similar situation occurs when creating
   1761  1.1     skrll 	     shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
   1762  1.1     skrll 	     symbol local.
   1763  1.1     skrll 
   1764  1.1     skrll 	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
   1765  1.1     skrll 	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
   1766  1.7  christos 	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
   1767  1.1     skrll 	     symbol.  */
   1768  1.1     skrll 	  if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
   1769  1.1     skrll 	       && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1770  1.3  christos 	       && (! _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[r_type].pc_relative
   1771  1.1     skrll 		   || (h != NULL
   1772  1.1     skrll 		       && (! SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   1773  1.7  christos 			   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   1774  1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))))
   1775  1.1     skrll 	      || (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1776  1.1     skrll 		  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1777  1.3  christos 		  && h != NULL
   1778  1.7  christos 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   1779  1.3  christos 		      || !h->def_regular))
   1780  1.3  christos 	      || (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1781  1.1     skrll 		  && h != NULL
   1782  1.1     skrll 		  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
   1783  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1784  1.1     skrll 	      struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1785  1.1     skrll 	      struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **head;
   1786  1.1     skrll 
   1787  1.1     skrll 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   1788  1.1     skrll 		 relocs into the output file.  We create a reloc
   1789  1.1     skrll 		 section in dynobj and make room for the reloc.  */
   1790  1.3  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   1791  1.3  christos 		{
   1792  1.3  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   1793  1.1     skrll 		    (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, htab->word_align_power,
   1794  1.3  christos 		     abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   1795  1.1     skrll 
   1796  1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   1797  1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   1798  1.1     skrll 		}
   1799  1.1     skrll 
   1800  1.1     skrll 	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
   1801  1.1     skrll 		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
   1802  1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   1803  1.1     skrll 		head = &((struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
   1804  1.1     skrll 	      else
   1805  1.1     skrll 		{
   1806  1.1     skrll 		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
   1807  1.1     skrll 		     We really need local syms available to do this
   1808  1.1     skrll 		     easily.  Oh well.  */
   1809  1.1     skrll 		  asection *s;
   1810  1.3  christos 		  void *vpp;
   1811  1.3  christos 
   1812  1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (isym != NULL);
   1813  1.3  christos 		  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   1814  1.1     skrll 		  if (s == NULL)
   1815  1.1     skrll 		    s = sec;
   1816  1.1     skrll 
   1817  1.1     skrll 		  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   1818  1.1     skrll 		  head = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
   1819  1.1     skrll 		}
   1820  1.1     skrll 
   1821  1.1     skrll 	      p = *head;
   1822  1.1     skrll 	      if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
   1823  1.1     skrll 		{
   1824  1.1     skrll 		  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
   1825  1.1     skrll 		  p = ((struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *)
   1826  1.1     skrll 		       bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, amt));
   1827  1.1     skrll 		  if (p == NULL)
   1828  1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   1829  1.1     skrll 		  p->next = *head;
   1830  1.1     skrll 		  *head = p;
   1831  1.1     skrll 		  p->sec = sec;
   1832  1.1     skrll 		  p->count = 0;
   1833  1.1     skrll 		  p->pc_count = 0;
   1834  1.1     skrll 		}
   1835  1.1     skrll 
   1836  1.1     skrll 	      p->count += 1;
   1837  1.1     skrll 	      if (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[r_type].pc_relative)
   1838  1.1     skrll 		p->pc_count += 1;
   1839  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1840  1.1     skrll 
   1841  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1842  1.1     skrll 
   1843  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   1844  1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   1845  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   1846  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1847  1.1     skrll 
   1848  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY:
   1849  1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   1850  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   1851  1.1     skrll 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   1852  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   1853  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1854  1.1     skrll 
   1855  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_REGISTER:
   1856  1.1     skrll 	  /* Nothing to do.  */
   1857  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1858  1.1     skrll 
   1859  1.1     skrll 	default:
   1860  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1861  1.1     skrll 	}
   1862  1.1     skrll     }
   1863  1.1     skrll 
   1864  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1865  1.1     skrll }
   1866  1.1     skrll 
   1867  1.1     skrll asection *
   1869  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   1870  1.1     skrll 			     struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1871  1.1     skrll 			     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   1872  1.1     skrll 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1873  1.1     skrll 			     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   1874  1.1     skrll {
   1875  1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   1876  1.1     skrll     switch (SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   1877  1.1     skrll       {
   1878  1.1     skrll       case R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   1879  1.1     skrll       case R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY:
   1880  1.6  christos 	return NULL;
   1881  1.7  christos       }
   1882  1.7  christos 
   1883  1.6  christos   /* FIXME: The test here, in check_relocs and in relocate_section
   1884  1.6  christos      dealing with TLS optimization, ought to be !bfd_link_executable (info).  */
   1885  1.6  christos   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1886  1.6  christos     {
   1887  1.6  christos       switch (SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   1888  1.6  christos 	{
   1889  1.6  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   1890  1.6  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL:
   1891  1.6  christos 	  /* This reloc implicitly references __tls_get_addr.  We know
   1892  1.6  christos 	     another reloc will reference the same symbol as the one
   1893  1.6  christos 	     on this reloc, so the real symbol and section will be
   1894  1.6  christos 	     gc marked when processing the other reloc.  That lets
   1895  1.6  christos 	     us handle __tls_get_addr here.  */
   1896  1.6  christos 	  h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__tls_get_addr",
   1897  1.6  christos 				    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
   1898  1.6  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   1899  1.6  christos 	  h->mark = 1;
   1900  1.6  christos 	  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
   1901  1.6  christos 	    h->u.weakdef->mark = 1;
   1902  1.6  christos 	  sym = NULL;
   1903  1.1     skrll 	}
   1904  1.1     skrll     }
   1905  1.1     skrll 
   1906  1.6  christos   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   1907  1.6  christos }
   1908  1.6  christos 
   1909  1.6  christos static Elf_Internal_Rela *
   1910  1.6  christos sparc_elf_find_reloc_at_ofs (Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   1911  1.6  christos 			     Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
   1912  1.6  christos 			     bfd_vma offset)
   1913  1.6  christos {
   1914  1.6  christos   while (rel < relend)
   1915  1.6  christos     {
   1916  1.6  christos       if (rel->r_offset == offset)
   1917  1.6  christos 	return rel;
   1918  1.6  christos       rel++;
   1919  1.6  christos     }
   1920  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   1921  1.1     skrll }
   1922  1.1     skrll 
   1923  1.1     skrll /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
   1924  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   1925  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1926  1.1     skrll 			      asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   1927  1.1     skrll {
   1928  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1929  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   1930  1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   1931  1.7  christos   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   1932  1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   1933  1.1     skrll 
   1934  1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   1935  1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   1936  1.1     skrll 
   1937  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (is_sparc_elf (abfd) || sec->reloc_count == 0);
   1938  1.1     skrll 
   1939  1.3  christos   elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
   1940  1.1     skrll 
   1941  1.1     skrll   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   1942  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   1943  1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   1944  1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   1945  1.1     skrll   local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   1946  1.1     skrll 
   1947  1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1948  1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
   1949  1.1     skrll     {
   1950  1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   1951  1.1     skrll       unsigned int r_type;
   1952  1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   1953  1.1     skrll 
   1954  1.1     skrll       r_symndx = SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX (htab, rel->r_info);
   1955  1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1956  1.1     skrll 	{
   1957  1.1     skrll 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   1958  1.1     skrll 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   1959  1.1     skrll 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1960  1.1     skrll 
   1961  1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   1962  1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   1963  1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   1964  1.1     skrll 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   1965  1.1     skrll 	  eh = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   1966  1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
   1967  1.1     skrll 	    if (p->sec == sec)
   1968  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1969  1.1     skrll 		/* Everything must go for SEC.  */
   1970  1.1     skrll 		*pp = p->next;
   1971  1.1     skrll 		break;
   1972  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1973  1.7  christos 	}
   1974  1.1     skrll 
   1975  1.1     skrll       r_type = SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   1976  1.1     skrll       r_type = sparc_elf_tls_transition (info, abfd, r_type, h == NULL);
   1977  1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   1978  1.1     skrll 	{
   1979  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
   1980  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
   1981  1.1     skrll 	  if (_bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
   1982  1.1     skrll 	    _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
   1983  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1984  1.1     skrll 
   1985  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   1986  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   1987  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   1988  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   1989  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOT10:
   1990  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOT13:
   1991  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOT22:
   1992  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22:
   1993  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10:
   1994  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   1995  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   1996  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   1997  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1998  1.1     skrll 	      if (h->got.refcount > 0)
   1999  1.1     skrll 		h->got.refcount--;
   2000  1.3  christos 	    }
   2001  1.3  christos 	  else
   2002  1.3  christos 	    {
   2003  1.3  christos 	      switch (r_type)
   2004  1.3  christos 		{
   2005  1.3  christos 		case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   2006  1.3  christos 		case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   2007  1.3  christos 		  break;
   2008  1.3  christos 
   2009  1.3  christos 		default:
   2010  1.3  christos 		  if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
   2011  1.1     skrll 		    local_got_refcounts[r_symndx]--;
   2012  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   2013  1.1     skrll 		}
   2014  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2015  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2016  1.1     skrll 
   2017  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC10:
   2018  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC22:
   2019  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC_HH22:
   2020  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC_HM10:
   2021  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC_LM22:
   2022  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2023  1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2024  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   2025  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2026  1.1     skrll 
   2027  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_DISP8:
   2028  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_DISP16:
   2029  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_DISP32:
   2030  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_DISP64:
   2031  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP30:
   2032  1.6  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP22:
   2033  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP19:
   2034  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP16:
   2035  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP10:
   2036  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_8:
   2037  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_16:
   2038  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_32:
   2039  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HI22:
   2040  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_22:
   2041  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_13:
   2042  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_LO10:
   2043  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_UA16:
   2044  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_UA32:
   2045  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PLT32:
   2046  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_10:
   2047  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_11:
   2048  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_64:
   2049  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_OLO10:
   2050  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HH22:
   2051  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HM10:
   2052  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_LM22:
   2053  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_7:
   2054  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_5:
   2055  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_6:
   2056  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HIX22:
   2057  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_LOX10:
   2058  1.6  christos 	case R_SPARC_H44:
   2059  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_M44:
   2060  1.7  christos 	case R_SPARC_L44:
   2061  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_H34:
   2062  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_UA64:
   2063  1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2064  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   2065  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2066  1.1     skrll 
   2067  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WPLT30:
   2068  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   2069  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2070  1.1     skrll 	      if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
   2071  1.1     skrll 		h->plt.refcount--;
   2072  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2073  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2074  1.1     skrll 
   2075  1.1     skrll 	default:
   2076  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2077  1.1     skrll 	}
   2078  1.1     skrll     }
   2079  1.1     skrll 
   2080  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2081  1.1     skrll }
   2082  1.1     skrll 
   2083  1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   2084  1.1     skrll    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   2085  1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   2086  1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   2087  1.1     skrll    understand.  */
   2088  1.1     skrll 
   2089  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   2090  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2091  1.1     skrll 				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2092  1.1     skrll {
   2093  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   2094  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry * eh;
   2095  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2096  1.3  christos   asection *s;
   2097  1.1     skrll 
   2098  1.1     skrll   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   2099  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   2100  1.1     skrll 
   2101  1.3  christos   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   2102  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
   2103  1.1     skrll 	      && (h->needs_plt
   2104  1.1     skrll 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2105  1.1     skrll 		  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
   2106  1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   2107  1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   2108  1.1     skrll 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   2109  1.1     skrll 
   2110  1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   2111  1.1     skrll      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later
   2112  1.1     skrll      (although we could actually do it here).  The STT_NOTYPE
   2113  1.1     skrll      condition is a hack specifically for the Oracle libraries
   2114  1.1     skrll      delivered for Solaris; for some inexplicable reason, they define
   2115  1.3  christos      some of their functions as STT_NOTYPE when they really should be
   2116  1.1     skrll      STT_FUNC.  */
   2117  1.1     skrll   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   2118  1.1     skrll       || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2119  1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt
   2120  1.1     skrll       || (h->type == STT_NOTYPE
   2121  1.1     skrll 	  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2122  1.1     skrll 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   2123  1.3  christos 	  && (h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
   2124  1.3  christos     {
   2125  1.3  christos       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
   2126  1.3  christos 	  || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2127  1.1     skrll 	      && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   2128  1.1     skrll 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   2129  1.1     skrll 		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
   2130  1.1     skrll 	{
   2131  1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a WPLT30 reloc in an input
   2132  1.1     skrll 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   2133  1.1     skrll 	     object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
   2134  1.1     skrll 	     such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
   2135  1.1     skrll 	     linkage table, and we can just do a WDISP30 reloc instead.  */
   2136  1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2137  1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2138  1.1     skrll 	}
   2139  1.1     skrll 
   2140  1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2141  1.1     skrll     }
   2142  1.1     skrll   else
   2143  1.1     skrll     h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2144  1.1     skrll 
   2145  1.1     skrll   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   2146  1.1     skrll      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   2147  1.1     skrll      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   2148  1.1     skrll   if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
   2149  1.1     skrll     {
   2150  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2151  1.1     skrll 		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
   2152  1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
   2153  1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
   2154  1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2155  1.1     skrll     }
   2156  1.1     skrll 
   2157  1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   2158  1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   2159  1.1     skrll 
   2160  1.1     skrll   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   2161  1.7  christos      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   2162  1.1     skrll      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   2163  1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   2164  1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2165  1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2166  1.1     skrll 
   2167  1.1     skrll   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   2168  1.1     skrll      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   2169  1.3  christos   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   2170  1.3  christos     return TRUE;
   2171  1.3  christos 
   2172  1.3  christos   /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
   2173  1.3  christos   if (info->nocopyreloc)
   2174  1.3  christos     {
   2175  1.3  christos       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2176  1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2177  1.1     skrll     }
   2178  1.1     skrll 
   2179  1.1     skrll   eh = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   2180  1.1     skrll   for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2181  1.1     skrll     {
   2182  1.1     skrll       s = p->sec->output_section;
   2183  1.1     skrll       if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2184  1.1     skrll 	break;
   2185  1.1     skrll     }
   2186  1.1     skrll 
   2187  1.1     skrll   /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
   2188  1.1     skrll      we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */
   2189  1.1     skrll   if (p == NULL)
   2190  1.1     skrll     {
   2191  1.1     skrll       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2192  1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2193  1.1     skrll     }
   2194  1.1     skrll 
   2195  1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   2196  1.1     skrll      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   2197  1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   2198  1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   2199  1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   2200  1.1     skrll      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   2201  1.1     skrll      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   2202  1.1     skrll      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   2203  1.1     skrll      same memory location for the variable.  */
   2204  1.1     skrll 
   2205  1.1     skrll   /* We must generate a R_SPARC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker
   2206  1.6  christos      to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   2207  1.1     skrll      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   2208  1.1     skrll      .rel.bss section we are going to use.  */
   2209  1.1     skrll   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   2210  1.1     skrll     {
   2211  1.1     skrll       htab->srelbss->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2212  1.1     skrll       h->needs_copy = 1;
   2213  1.1     skrll     }
   2214  1.7  christos 
   2215  1.1     skrll   s = htab->sdynbss;
   2216  1.1     skrll 
   2217  1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
   2218  1.1     skrll }
   2219  1.1     skrll 
   2220  1.1     skrll /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   2221  1.6  christos    dynamic relocs.  */
   2222  1.1     skrll 
   2223  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2224  1.1     skrll allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void * inf)
   2225  1.1     skrll {
   2226  1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2227  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   2228  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   2229  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2230  1.1     skrll 
   2231  1.1     skrll   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2232  1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2233  1.3  christos 
   2234  1.1     skrll   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   2235  1.3  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   2236  1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   2237  1.3  christos 
   2238  1.3  christos   if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   2239  1.3  christos        && h->plt.refcount > 0)
   2240  1.1     skrll       || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2241  1.1     skrll 	  && h->def_regular
   2242  1.1     skrll 	  && h->ref_regular))
   2243  1.1     skrll     {
   2244  1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2245  1.1     skrll 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2246  1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2247  1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2248  1.1     skrll 	{
   2249  1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2250  1.7  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2251  1.3  christos 	}
   2252  1.3  christos 
   2253  1.1     skrll       if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, bfd_link_pic (info), h)
   2254  1.3  christos 	  || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2255  1.3  christos 	      && h->def_regular))
   2256  1.3  christos 	{
   2257  1.3  christos 	  asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
   2258  1.1     skrll 
   2259  1.1     skrll 	  if (s == NULL)
   2260  1.1     skrll 	    s = htab->elf.iplt;
   2261  1.1     skrll 
   2262  1.1     skrll 	  /* Allocate room for the header.  */
   2263  1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size == 0)
   2264  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2265  1.7  christos 	      s->size = htab->plt_header_size;
   2266  1.1     skrll 
   2267  1.1     skrll 	      /* Allocate space for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.  */
   2268  1.1     skrll 	      if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   2269  1.1     skrll 		htab->srelplt2->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
   2270  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2271  1.1     skrll 
   2272  1.1     skrll 	  /* The procedure linkage table size is bounded by the magnitude
   2273  1.1     skrll 	     of the offset we can describe in the entry.  */
   2274  1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size >= (SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES(htab) == 8 ?
   2275  1.1     skrll 			  (((bfd_vma)1 << 31) << 1) : 0x400000))
   2276  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2277  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2278  1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   2279  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2280  1.1     skrll 
   2281  1.1     skrll 	  if (SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES(htab) == 8
   2282  1.1     skrll 	      && s->size >= PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE)
   2283  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2284  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma off = s->size - PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2285  1.1     skrll 
   2286  1.1     skrll 
   2287  1.1     skrll 	      off = (off % (160 * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE)) / PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2288  1.1     skrll 
   2289  1.1     skrll 	      h->plt.offset = (s->size - (off * 8));
   2290  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2291  1.1     skrll 	  else
   2292  1.1     skrll 	    h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2293  1.1     skrll 
   2294  1.1     skrll 	  /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   2295  1.1     skrll 	     not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   2296  1.7  christos 	     location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   2297  1.1     skrll 	     pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   2298  1.1     skrll 	     the shared library.  */
   2299  1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   2300  1.1     skrll 	      && !h->def_regular)
   2301  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2302  1.1     skrll 	      h->root.u.def.section = s;
   2303  1.1     skrll 	      h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
   2304  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2305  1.1     skrll 
   2306  1.1     skrll 	  /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2307  1.3  christos 	  s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
   2308  1.3  christos 
   2309  1.3  christos 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   2310  1.3  christos 	  if (s == htab->elf.splt)
   2311  1.1     skrll 	    htab->elf.srelplt->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2312  1.1     skrll 	  else
   2313  1.1     skrll 	    htab->elf.irelplt->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2314  1.1     skrll 
   2315  1.3  christos 	  if (htab->is_vxworks)
   2316  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2317  1.1     skrll 	      /* Allocate space for the .got.plt entry.  */
   2318  1.7  christos 	      htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
   2319  1.1     skrll 
   2320  1.1     skrll 	      /* ...and for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.  */
   2321  1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   2322  1.1     skrll 		htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 3;
   2323  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2324  1.1     skrll 	}
   2325  1.1     skrll       else
   2326  1.1     skrll 	{
   2327  1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2328  1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2329  1.1     skrll 	}
   2330  1.1     skrll     }
   2331  1.1     skrll   else
   2332  1.1     skrll     {
   2333  1.1     skrll       h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2334  1.1     skrll       h->needs_plt = 0;
   2335  1.1     skrll     }
   2336  1.1     skrll 
   2337  1.7  christos   /* If R_SPARC_TLS_IE_{HI22,LO10} symbol is now local to the binary,
   2338  1.1     skrll      make it a R_SPARC_TLS_LE_{HI22,LO10} requiring no TLS entry.  */
   2339  1.1     skrll   if (h->got.refcount > 0
   2340  1.1     skrll       && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   2341  1.1     skrll       && h->dynindx == -1
   2342  1.1     skrll       && _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   2343  1.1     skrll     h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2344  1.1     skrll   else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
   2345  1.1     skrll     {
   2346  1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   2347  1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean dyn;
   2348  1.1     skrll       int tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
   2349  1.1     skrll 
   2350  1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2351  1.1     skrll 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2352  1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2353  1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2354  1.1     skrll 	{
   2355  1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2356  1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2357  1.1     skrll 	}
   2358  1.1     skrll 
   2359  1.1     skrll       s = htab->elf.sgot;
   2360  1.1     skrll       h->got.offset = s->size;
   2361  1.1     skrll       s->size += SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   2362  1.1     skrll       /* R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI{22,LO10} needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
   2363  1.1     skrll       if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2364  1.1     skrll 	s->size += SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   2365  1.1     skrll       dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
   2366  1.1     skrll       /* R_SPARC_TLS_IE_{HI22,LO10} needs one dynamic relocation,
   2367  1.3  christos 	 R_SPARC_TLS_GD_{HI22,LO10} needs one if local symbol and two if
   2368  1.3  christos 	 global.  */
   2369  1.3  christos       if ((tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
   2370  1.1     skrll 	  || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE
   2371  1.3  christos 	  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   2372  1.7  christos 	htab->elf.srelgot->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2373  1.7  christos       else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2374  1.7  christos 	htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2375  1.3  christos       else if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   2376  1.1     skrll 						bfd_link_pic (info),
   2377  1.1     skrll 						h))
   2378  1.1     skrll 	htab->elf.srelgot->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2379  1.1     skrll     }
   2380  1.1     skrll   else
   2381  1.1     skrll     h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2382  1.1     skrll 
   2383  1.1     skrll   eh = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   2384  1.1     skrll   if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
   2385  1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2386  1.1     skrll 
   2387  1.1     skrll   /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
   2388  1.1     skrll      dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
   2389  1.1     skrll      defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
   2390  1.7  christos      space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
   2391  1.1     skrll      visibility changes.  */
   2392  1.3  christos 
   2393  1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2394  1.1     skrll     {
   2395  1.1     skrll       if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   2396  1.1     skrll 	{
   2397  1.1     skrll 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   2398  1.1     skrll 
   2399  1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   2400  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2401  1.1     skrll 	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
   2402  1.1     skrll 	      p->pc_count = 0;
   2403  1.1     skrll 	      if (p->count == 0)
   2404  1.1     skrll 		*pp = p->next;
   2405  1.1     skrll 	      else
   2406  1.1     skrll 		pp = &p->next;
   2407  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2408  1.1     skrll 	}
   2409  1.1     skrll 
   2410  1.1     skrll       if (htab->is_vxworks)
   2411  1.1     skrll 	{
   2412  1.1     skrll 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   2413  1.1     skrll 
   2414  1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   2415  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2416  1.1     skrll 	      if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
   2417  1.1     skrll 		*pp = p->next;
   2418  1.1     skrll 	      else
   2419  1.1     skrll 		pp = &p->next;
   2420  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2421  1.1     skrll 	}
   2422  1.1     skrll 
   2423  1.1     skrll       /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
   2424  1.1     skrll 	 visibility.  */
   2425  1.1     skrll       if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
   2426  1.1     skrll 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2427  1.1     skrll 	{
   2428  1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   2429  1.1     skrll 	    eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2430  1.1     skrll 
   2431  1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
   2432  1.1     skrll 	     symbol in PIEs.  */
   2433  1.1     skrll 	  else if (h->dynindx == -1
   2434  1.1     skrll 		   && !h->forced_local)
   2435  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2436  1.1     skrll 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2437  1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2438  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2439  1.1     skrll 	}
   2440  1.1     skrll     }
   2441  1.1     skrll   else
   2442  1.1     skrll     {
   2443  1.1     skrll       /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
   2444  1.1     skrll 	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
   2445  1.1     skrll 	 dynamic.  */
   2446  1.1     skrll 
   2447  1.1     skrll       if (!h->non_got_ref
   2448  1.1     skrll 	  && ((h->def_dynamic
   2449  1.1     skrll 	       && !h->def_regular)
   2450  1.1     skrll 	      || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   2451  1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2452  1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
   2453  1.1     skrll 	{
   2454  1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2455  1.1     skrll 	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2456  1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2457  1.1     skrll 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2458  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2459  1.1     skrll 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2460  1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2461  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2462  1.1     skrll 
   2463  1.1     skrll 	  /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
   2464  1.1     skrll 	     relocs.  */
   2465  1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx != -1)
   2466  1.1     skrll 	    goto keep;
   2467  1.1     skrll 	}
   2468  1.1     skrll 
   2469  1.1     skrll       eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2470  1.1     skrll 
   2471  1.1     skrll     keep: ;
   2472  1.1     skrll     }
   2473  1.1     skrll 
   2474  1.1     skrll   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
   2475  1.1     skrll   for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2476  1.1     skrll     {
   2477  1.1     skrll       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   2478  1.1     skrll       sreloc->size += p->count * SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2479  1.1     skrll     }
   2480  1.1     skrll 
   2481  1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   2482  1.3  christos }
   2483  1.3  christos 
   2484  1.3  christos /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   2485  1.3  christos    local dynamic relocs.  */
   2486  1.3  christos 
   2487  1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   2488  1.3  christos allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf)
   2489  1.3  christos {
   2490  1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
   2491  1.3  christos     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
   2492  1.3  christos 
   2493  1.3  christos   if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2494  1.3  christos       || !h->def_regular
   2495  1.3  christos       || !h->ref_regular
   2496  1.3  christos       || !h->forced_local
   2497  1.3  christos       || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
   2498  1.3  christos     abort ();
   2499  1.3  christos 
   2500  1.1     skrll   return allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf);
   2501  1.1     skrll }
   2502  1.1     skrll 
   2503  1.6  christos /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
   2504  1.1     skrll 
   2505  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2506  1.1     skrll readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void * inf)
   2507  1.1     skrll {
   2508  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   2509  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2510  1.1     skrll 
   2511  1.1     skrll   eh = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   2512  1.1     skrll   for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2513  1.1     skrll     {
   2514  1.1     skrll       asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
   2515  1.1     skrll 
   2516  1.1     skrll       if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2517  1.1     skrll 	{
   2518  1.1     skrll 	  struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   2519  1.9  christos 
   2520  1.9  christos 	  info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2521  1.9  christos 
   2522  1.9  christos 	  if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && bfd_link_pic (info))
   2523  1.9  christos 	      || info->error_textrel)
   2524  1.9  christos 	    info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation against `%s' in readonly section `%A'\n"),
   2525  1.1     skrll 				    p->sec->owner, h->root.root.string,
   2526  1.1     skrll 				    p->sec);
   2527  1.1     skrll 
   2528  1.1     skrll 	  /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
   2529  1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   2530  1.1     skrll 	}
   2531  1.1     skrll     }
   2532  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2533  1.1     skrll }
   2534  1.1     skrll 
   2535  1.1     skrll /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
   2536  1.1     skrll    omitted when creating a shared library.  */
   2537  1.1     skrll 
   2538  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   2539  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd,
   2540  1.1     skrll 				    struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2541  1.1     skrll 				    asection *p)
   2542  1.1     skrll {
   2543  1.1     skrll   /* We keep the .got section symbol so that explicit relocations
   2544  1.1     skrll      against the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol emitted in PIC mode
   2545  1.1     skrll      can be turned into relocations against the .got symbol.  */
   2546  1.1     skrll   if (strcmp (p->name, ".got") == 0)
   2547  1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2548  1.1     skrll 
   2549  1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd, info, p);
   2550  1.1     skrll }
   2551  1.1     skrll 
   2552  1.1     skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   2553  1.1     skrll 
   2554  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   2555  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   2556  1.1     skrll 				      struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2557  1.1     skrll {
   2558  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   2559  1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2560  1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2561  1.3  christos   bfd *ibfd;
   2562  1.1     skrll 
   2563  1.1     skrll   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   2564  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   2565  1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
   2566  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   2567  1.1     skrll 
   2568  1.7  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   2569  1.1     skrll     {
   2570  1.6  christos       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   2571  1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   2572  1.1     skrll 	{
   2573  1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   2574  1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2575  1.1     skrll 	  s->size = htab->dynamic_interpreter_size;
   2576  1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) htab->dynamic_interpreter;
   2577  1.1     skrll 	}
   2578  1.1     skrll     }
   2579  1.7  christos 
   2580  1.1     skrll   /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
   2581  1.1     skrll      relocs.  */
   2582  1.1     skrll   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
   2583  1.1     skrll     {
   2584  1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
   2585  1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
   2586  1.1     skrll       char *local_tls_type;
   2587  1.1     skrll       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
   2588  1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2589  1.1     skrll       asection *srel;
   2590  1.1     skrll 
   2591  1.1     skrll       if (! is_sparc_elf (ibfd))
   2592  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   2593  1.1     skrll 
   2594  1.1     skrll       for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   2595  1.1     skrll 	{
   2596  1.1     skrll 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2597  1.1     skrll 
   2598  1.1     skrll 	  for (p = elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2599  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2600  1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
   2601  1.1     skrll 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
   2602  1.1     skrll 		{
   2603  1.1     skrll 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
   2604  1.1     skrll 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
   2605  1.1     skrll 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
   2606  1.1     skrll 		     the relocs too.  */
   2607  1.1     skrll 		}
   2608  1.1     skrll 	      else if (htab->is_vxworks
   2609  1.1     skrll 		       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
   2610  1.1     skrll 				  ".tls_vars") == 0)
   2611  1.1     skrll 		{
   2612  1.1     skrll 		  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
   2613  1.1     skrll 		     handled specially by the loader.  */
   2614  1.1     skrll 		}
   2615  1.3  christos 	      else if (p->count != 0)
   2616  1.3  christos 		{
   2617  1.1     skrll 		  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   2618  1.1     skrll 		  if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   2619  1.1     skrll 		    srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
   2620  1.1     skrll 		  srel->size += p->count * SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2621  1.1     skrll 		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2622  1.1     skrll 		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2623  1.1     skrll 		}
   2624  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2625  1.1     skrll 	}
   2626  1.1     skrll 
   2627  1.1     skrll       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   2628  1.1     skrll       if (!local_got)
   2629  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   2630  1.1     skrll 
   2631  1.1     skrll       symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
   2632  1.3  christos       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   2633  1.3  christos       end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
   2634  1.1     skrll       local_tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
   2635  1.1     skrll       s = htab->elf.sgot;
   2636  1.1     skrll       srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
   2637  1.1     skrll       for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++local_tls_type)
   2638  1.1     skrll 	{
   2639  1.1     skrll 	  if (*local_got > 0)
   2640  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2641  1.1     skrll 	      *local_got = s->size;
   2642  1.7  christos 	      s->size += SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   2643  1.1     skrll 	      if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2644  1.1     skrll 		s->size += SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   2645  1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2646  1.1     skrll 		  || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD
   2647  1.1     skrll 		  || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   2648  1.1     skrll 		srel->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2649  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2650  1.1     skrll 	  else
   2651  1.1     skrll 	    *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2652  1.1     skrll 	}
   2653  1.1     skrll     }
   2654  1.1     skrll 
   2655  1.1     skrll   if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
   2656  1.3  christos     {
   2657  1.3  christos       /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for
   2658  1.3  christos 	 R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_{HI22,LO10} relocs.  */
   2659  1.1     skrll       htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size;
   2660  1.1     skrll       htab->elf.sgot->size += (2 * SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab));
   2661  1.1     skrll       htab->elf.srelgot->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2662  1.1     skrll     }
   2663  1.1     skrll   else
   2664  1.1     skrll     htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
   2665  1.6  christos 
   2666  1.1     skrll   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
   2667  1.3  christos      sym dynamic relocs.  */
   2668  1.3  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
   2669  1.3  christos 
   2670  1.1     skrll   /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols.  */
   2671  1.1     skrll   htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, allocate_local_dynrelocs, info);
   2672  1.1     skrll 
   2673  1.1     skrll   if (! ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
   2674  1.1     skrll       && !htab->is_vxworks
   2675  1.3  christos       && elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   2676  1.3  christos     {
   2677  1.1     skrll       /* Make space for the trailing nop in .plt.  */
   2678  1.1     skrll       if (htab->elf.splt->size > 0)
   2679  1.1     skrll 	htab->elf.splt->size += 1 * SPARC_INSN_BYTES;
   2680  1.1     skrll 
   2681  1.1     skrll       /* If the .got section is more than 0x1000 bytes, we add
   2682  1.1     skrll 	 0x1000 to the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, so that 13
   2683  1.3  christos 	 bit relocations have a greater chance of working.
   2684  1.1     skrll 
   2685  1.1     skrll 	 FIXME: Make this optimization work for 64-bit too.  */
   2686  1.1     skrll       if (htab->elf.sgot->size >= 0x1000
   2687  1.1     skrll 	  && elf_hash_table (info)->hgot->root.u.def.value == 0)
   2688  1.1     skrll 	elf_hash_table (info)->hgot->root.u.def.value = 0x1000;
   2689  1.1     skrll     }
   2690  1.1     skrll 
   2691  1.1     skrll   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   2692  1.1     skrll      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   2693  1.1     skrll      memory for them.  */
   2694  1.1     skrll   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   2695  1.1     skrll     {
   2696  1.3  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   2697  1.3  christos 	continue;
   2698  1.1     skrll 
   2699  1.3  christos       if (s == htab->elf.splt
   2700  1.3  christos 	  || s == htab->elf.sgot
   2701  1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->sdynbss
   2702  1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->elf.iplt
   2703  1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->elf.sgotplt)
   2704  1.1     skrll 	{
   2705  1.1     skrll 	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
   2706  1.1     skrll 	     comment below.  */
   2707  1.1     skrll 	}
   2708  1.1     skrll       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".rela"))
   2709  1.1     skrll 	{
   2710  1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0)
   2711  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2712  1.1     skrll 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   2713  1.1     skrll 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   2714  1.1     skrll 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   2715  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2716  1.1     skrll 	}
   2717  1.1     skrll       else
   2718  1.1     skrll 	{
   2719  1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections.  */
   2720  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   2721  1.1     skrll 	}
   2722  1.1     skrll 
   2723  1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   2724  1.1     skrll 	{
   2725  1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   2726  1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   2727  1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   2728  1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   2729  1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   2730  1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   2731  1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   2732  1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   2733  1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   2734  1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   2735  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   2736  1.1     skrll 	}
   2737  1.1     skrll 
   2738  1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   2739  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   2740  1.1     skrll 
   2741  1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  Zero the memory
   2742  1.1     skrll 	 for the benefit of .rela.plt, which has 4 unused entries
   2743  1.1     skrll 	 at the beginning, and we don't want garbage.  */
   2744  1.1     skrll       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   2745  1.1     skrll       if (s->contents == NULL)
   2746  1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2747  1.1     skrll     }
   2748  1.1     skrll 
   2749  1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   2750  1.1     skrll     {
   2751  1.1     skrll       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   2752  1.1     skrll 	 values later, in _bfd_sparc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   2753  1.1     skrll 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   2754  1.1     skrll 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   2755  1.1     skrll 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   2756  1.7  christos #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   2757  1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   2758  1.1     skrll 
   2759  1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   2760  1.1     skrll 	{
   2761  1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   2762  1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2763  1.1     skrll 	}
   2764  1.1     skrll 
   2765  1.1     skrll       if (htab->elf.srelplt->size != 0)
   2766  1.1     skrll 	{
   2767  1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   2768  1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   2769  1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   2770  1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   2771  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2772  1.1     skrll 	}
   2773  1.1     skrll 
   2774  1.1     skrll       if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   2775  1.1     skrll 	  || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   2776  1.1     skrll 	  || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
   2777  1.1     skrll 				 SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab)))
   2778  1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2779  1.1     skrll 
   2780  1.6  christos       /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
   2781  1.1     skrll 	 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
   2782  1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   2783  1.1     skrll 	elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
   2784  1.1     skrll 
   2785  1.1     skrll       if (info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)
   2786  1.1     skrll 	{
   2787  1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   2788  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2789  1.1     skrll 	}
   2790  1.1     skrll 
   2791  1.1     skrll       if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   2792  1.1     skrll 	{
   2793  1.1     skrll 	  int reg;
   2794  1.1     skrll 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_app_reg * app_regs;
   2795  1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstr;
   2796  1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_link_hash_table *eht = elf_hash_table (info);
   2797  1.1     skrll 
   2798  1.1     skrll 	  /* Add dynamic STT_REGISTER symbols and corresponding DT_SPARC_REGISTER
   2799  1.1     skrll 	     entries if needed.  */
   2800  1.1     skrll 	  app_regs = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info)->app_regs;
   2801  1.1     skrll 	  dynstr = eht->dynstr;
   2802  1.1     skrll 
   2803  1.1     skrll 	  for (reg = 0; reg < 4; reg++)
   2804  1.1     skrll 	    if (app_regs [reg].name != NULL)
   2805  1.1     skrll 	      {
   2806  1.1     skrll 		struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry *entry, *e;
   2807  1.1     skrll 
   2808  1.1     skrll 		if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_SPARC_REGISTER, 0))
   2809  1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   2810  1.1     skrll 
   2811  1.1     skrll 		entry = (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry *)
   2812  1.1     skrll 		  bfd_hash_allocate (&info->hash->table, sizeof (*entry));
   2813  1.1     skrll 		if (entry == NULL)
   2814  1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   2815  1.1     skrll 
   2816  1.1     skrll 		/* We cheat here a little bit: the symbol will not be local, so we
   2817  1.1     skrll 		   put it at the end of the dynlocal linked list.  We will fix it
   2818  1.1     skrll 		   later on, as we have to fix other fields anyway.  */
   2819  1.1     skrll 		entry->isym.st_value = reg < 2 ? reg + 2 : reg + 4;
   2820  1.1     skrll 		entry->isym.st_size = 0;
   2821  1.1     skrll 		if (*app_regs [reg].name != '\0')
   2822  1.1     skrll 		  entry->isym.st_name
   2823  1.1     skrll 		    = _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr, app_regs[reg].name, FALSE);
   2824  1.1     skrll 		else
   2825  1.1     skrll 		  entry->isym.st_name = 0;
   2826  1.1     skrll 		entry->isym.st_other = 0;
   2827  1.6  christos 		entry->isym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (app_regs [reg].bind,
   2828  1.1     skrll 						   STT_REGISTER);
   2829  1.1     skrll 		entry->isym.st_shndx = app_regs [reg].shndx;
   2830  1.1     skrll 		entry->isym.st_target_internal = 0;
   2831  1.1     skrll 		entry->next = NULL;
   2832  1.1     skrll 		entry->input_bfd = output_bfd;
   2833  1.1     skrll 		entry->input_indx = -1;
   2834  1.1     skrll 
   2835  1.1     skrll 		if (eht->dynlocal == NULL)
   2836  1.1     skrll 		  eht->dynlocal = entry;
   2837  1.1     skrll 		else
   2838  1.1     skrll 		  {
   2839  1.1     skrll 		    for (e = eht->dynlocal; e->next; e = e->next)
   2840  1.1     skrll 		      ;
   2841  1.1     skrll 		    e->next = entry;
   2842  1.1     skrll 		  }
   2843  1.1     skrll 		eht->dynsymcount++;
   2844  1.1     skrll 	      }
   2845  1.1     skrll 	}
   2846  1.1     skrll       if (htab->is_vxworks
   2847  1.1     skrll 	  && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
   2848  1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2849  1.1     skrll     }
   2850  1.1     skrll #undef add_dynamic_entry
   2851  1.1     skrll 
   2852  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2853  1.1     skrll }
   2854  1.1     skrll 
   2855  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   2857  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
   2858  1.1     skrll {
   2859  1.1     skrll   if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
   2860  1.1     skrll     {
   2861  1.1     skrll       struct _bfd_sparc_elf_section_data *sdata;
   2862  1.1     skrll       bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
   2863  1.1     skrll 
   2864  1.1     skrll       sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
   2865  1.1     skrll       if (sdata == NULL)
   2866  1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2867  1.1     skrll       sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
   2868  1.1     skrll     }
   2869  1.1     skrll 
   2870  1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
   2871  1.1     skrll }
   2872  1.1     skrll 
   2873  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   2874  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2875  1.7  christos 			      struct bfd_section *section,
   2876  1.3  christos 			      struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2877  1.3  christos 			      bfd_boolean *again)
   2878  1.3  christos {
   2879  1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info))
   2880  1.1     skrll     (*link_info->callbacks->einfo)
   2881  1.1     skrll       (_("%P%F: --relax and -r may not be used together\n"));
   2882  1.1     skrll 
   2883  1.1     skrll   *again = FALSE;
   2884  1.1     skrll   sec_do_relax (section) = 1;
   2885  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2886  1.1     skrll }
   2887  1.1     skrll 
   2888  1.1     skrll /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
   2890  1.1     skrll    when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
   2891  1.1     skrll    This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
   2892  1.1     skrll 
   2893  1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   2894  1.1     skrll dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2895  1.1     skrll {
   2896  1.1     skrll   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   2897  1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   2898  1.1     skrll     return 0;
   2899  1.1     skrll   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   2900  1.1     skrll }
   2901  1.1     skrll 
   2902  1.1     skrll /* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation
   2903  1.1     skrll    if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS.  */
   2904  1.3  christos 
   2905  1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   2906  1.1     skrll tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
   2907  1.1     skrll {
   2908  1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   2909  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd);
   2910  1.3  christos   bfd_vma static_tls_size;
   2911  1.3  christos 
   2912  1.3  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   2913  1.3  christos   if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
   2914  1.3  christos     return 0;
   2915  1.3  christos 
   2916  1.3  christos   /* Consider special static TLS alignment requirements.  */
   2917  1.3  christos   static_tls_size = BFD_ALIGN (htab->tls_size, bed->static_tls_alignment);
   2918  1.3  christos   return address - static_tls_size - htab->tls_sec->vma;
   2919  1.3  christos }
   2920  1.3  christos 
   2921  1.3  christos /* Return the relocation value for a %gdop relocation.  */
   2922  1.3  christos 
   2923  1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   2924  1.3  christos gdopoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
   2925  1.3  christos {
   2926  1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   2927  1.3  christos   bfd_vma got_base;
   2928  1.3  christos 
   2929  1.1     skrll   got_base = (htab->hgot->root.u.def.value
   2930  1.1     skrll 	      + htab->hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   2931  1.1     skrll 	      + htab->hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
   2932  1.1     skrll 
   2933  1.1     skrll   return address - got_base;
   2934  1.1     skrll }
   2935  1.1     skrll 
   2936  1.1     skrll /* Relocate a SPARC ELF section.  */
   2937  1.1     skrll 
   2938  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   2939  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
   2940  1.1     skrll 				 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2941  1.1     skrll 				 bfd *input_bfd,
   2942  1.1     skrll 				 asection *input_section,
   2943  1.1     skrll 				 bfd_byte *contents,
   2944  1.1     skrll 				 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   2945  1.1     skrll 				 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   2946  1.1     skrll 				 asection **local_sections)
   2947  1.1     skrll {
   2948  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   2949  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2950  1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2951  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
   2952  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma got_base;
   2953  1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   2954  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2955  1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   2956  1.1     skrll   int num_relocs;
   2957  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
   2958  1.1     skrll 
   2959  1.1     skrll   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   2960  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   2961  1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   2962  1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   2963  1.1     skrll   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   2964  1.1     skrll 
   2965  1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->hgot == NULL)
   2966  1.1     skrll     got_base = 0;
   2967  1.1     skrll   else
   2968  1.7  christos     got_base = elf_hash_table (info)->hgot->root.u.def.value;
   2969  1.1     skrll 
   2970  1.1     skrll   sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   2971  1.1     skrll   /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
   2972  1.1     skrll      specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
   2973  1.1     skrll   is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
   2974  1.3  christos 		    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
   2975  1.1     skrll 				".tls_vars"));
   2976  1.1     skrll 
   2977  1.1     skrll   rel = relocs;
   2978  1.1     skrll   if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   2979  1.1     skrll     num_relocs = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (_bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section));
   2980  1.1     skrll   else
   2981  1.1     skrll     num_relocs = input_section->reloc_count;
   2982  1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + num_relocs;
   2983  1.1     skrll   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   2984  1.1     skrll     {
   2985  1.1     skrll       int r_type, tls_type;
   2986  1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   2987  1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2988  1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2989  1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   2990  1.1     skrll       asection *sec;
   2991  1.1     skrll       bfd_vma relocation, off;
   2992  1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   2993  1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean is_plt = FALSE;
   2994  1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   2995  1.1     skrll 
   2996  1.1     skrll       r_type = SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   2997  1.1     skrll       if (r_type == R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT
   2998  1.1     skrll 	  || r_type == R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY)
   2999  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3000  1.1     skrll 
   3001  1.1     skrll       if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_SPARC_max_std)
   3002  1.1     skrll 	{
   3003  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3004  1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3005  1.1     skrll 	}
   3006  1.1     skrll       howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   3007  1.1     skrll 
   3008  1.1     skrll       r_symndx = SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX (htab, rel->r_info);
   3009  1.1     skrll       h = NULL;
   3010  1.1     skrll       sym = NULL;
   3011  1.1     skrll       sec = NULL;
   3012  1.1     skrll       unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3013  1.3  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3014  1.7  christos 	{
   3015  1.3  christos 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3016  1.3  christos 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3017  1.3  christos 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3018  1.3  christos 
   3019  1.3  christos 	  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   3020  1.3  christos 	      && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3021  1.3  christos 	    {
   3022  1.3  christos 	      /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
   3023  1.7  christos 	      h = elf_sparc_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd,
   3024  1.3  christos 						rel, FALSE);
   3025  1.3  christos 	      if (h == NULL)
   3026  1.3  christos 		abort ();
   3027  1.1     skrll 
   3028  1.1     skrll 	      /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value.  */
   3029  1.1     skrll 	      h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value;
   3030  1.7  christos 	      h->root.u.def.section = sec;
   3031  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3032  1.1     skrll 	}
   3033  1.1     skrll       else
   3034  1.1     skrll 	{
   3035  1.7  christos 	  bfd_boolean warned, ignored;
   3036  1.1     skrll 
   3037  1.1     skrll 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   3038  1.1     skrll 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3039  1.1     skrll 				   h, sec, relocation,
   3040  1.1     skrll 				   unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
   3041  1.1     skrll 	  if (warned)
   3042  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3043  1.1     skrll 	      /* To avoid generating warning messages about truncated
   3044  1.1     skrll 		 relocations, set the relocation's address to be the same as
   3045  1.1     skrll 		 the start of this section.  */
   3046  1.1     skrll 	      if (input_section->output_section != NULL)
   3047  1.1     skrll 		relocation = input_section->output_section->vma;
   3048  1.6  christos 	      else
   3049  1.3  christos 		relocation = 0;
   3050  1.6  christos 	    }
   3051  1.1     skrll 	}
   3052  1.7  christos 
   3053  1.1     skrll       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3054  1.1     skrll 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3055  1.3  christos 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   3056  1.3  christos 
   3057  1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3058  1.3  christos 	continue;
   3059  1.3  christos 
   3060  1.3  christos       if (h != NULL
   3061  1.3  christos 	  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   3062  1.3  christos 	  && h->def_regular)
   3063  1.3  christos 	{
   3064  1.3  christos 	  asection *plt_sec;
   3065  1.3  christos 	  const char *name;
   3066  1.3  christos 
   3067  1.3  christos 	  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
   3068  1.3  christos 	      || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3069  1.3  christos 	    abort ();
   3070  1.3  christos 
   3071  1.3  christos 	  plt_sec = htab->elf.splt;
   3072  1.3  christos 	  if (! plt_sec)
   3073  1.3  christos 	    plt_sec =htab->elf.iplt;
   3074  1.3  christos 
   3075  1.3  christos 	  switch (r_type)
   3076  1.3  christos 	    {
   3077  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP:
   3078  1.3  christos 	      continue;
   3079  1.3  christos 
   3080  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   3081  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   3082  1.3  christos 	      r_type = (r_type == R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22
   3083  1.3  christos 			? R_SPARC_GOT22
   3084  1.3  christos 			: R_SPARC_GOT10);
   3085  1.3  christos 	      howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   3086  1.3  christos 	      /* Fall through.  */
   3087  1.3  christos 
   3088  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOT10:
   3089  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOT13:
   3090  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOT22:
   3091  1.3  christos 	      if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
   3092  1.3  christos 		abort ();
   3093  1.3  christos 	      off = h->got.offset;
   3094  1.3  christos 	      if (off == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3095  1.3  christos 		abort();
   3096  1.3  christos 	      relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - got_base;
   3097  1.3  christos 	      goto do_relocation;
   3098  1.3  christos 
   3099  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_WPLT30:
   3100  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_WDISP30:
   3101  1.3  christos 	      relocation = (plt_sec->output_section->vma
   3102  1.7  christos 			    + plt_sec->output_offset + h->plt.offset);
   3103  1.3  christos 	      goto do_relocation;
   3104  1.3  christos 
   3105  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_32:
   3106  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_64:
   3107  1.3  christos 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info) && h->non_got_ref)
   3108  1.3  christos 		{
   3109  1.3  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3110  1.3  christos 		  bfd_vma offset;
   3111  1.3  christos 
   3112  1.3  christos 		  offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   3113  1.3  christos 						    input_section,
   3114  1.3  christos 						    rel->r_offset);
   3115  1.3  christos 		  if (offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   3116  1.3  christos 		      || offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   3117  1.3  christos 		    abort();
   3118  1.3  christos 
   3119  1.3  christos 		  outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
   3120  1.7  christos 				     + input_section->output_offset
   3121  1.3  christos 				     + offset);
   3122  1.3  christos 
   3123  1.3  christos 		  if (h->dynindx == -1
   3124  1.3  christos 		      || h->forced_local
   3125  1.3  christos 		      || bfd_link_executable (info))
   3126  1.3  christos 		    {
   3127  1.3  christos 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL,
   3128  1.3  christos 							0, R_SPARC_IRELATIVE);
   3129  1.3  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3130  1.3  christos 		    }
   3131  1.3  christos 		  else
   3132  1.3  christos 		    {
   3133  1.3  christos 		      if (h->dynindx == -1)
   3134  1.3  christos 			abort();
   3135  1.3  christos 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, rel, h->dynindx, r_type);
   3136  1.3  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   3137  1.3  christos 		    }
   3138  1.3  christos 
   3139  1.3  christos 		  sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
   3140  1.3  christos 		  continue;
   3141  1.3  christos 		}
   3142  1.3  christos 
   3143  1.3  christos 	      relocation = (plt_sec->output_section->vma
   3144  1.3  christos 			    + plt_sec->output_offset + h->plt.offset);
   3145  1.7  christos 	      goto do_relocation;
   3146  1.3  christos 
   3147  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_HI22:
   3148  1.3  christos 	    case R_SPARC_LO10:
   3149  1.3  christos 	      /* We should only see such relocs in static links.  */
   3150  1.3  christos 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3151  1.3  christos 		abort();
   3152  1.3  christos 	      relocation = (plt_sec->output_section->vma
   3153  1.3  christos 			    + plt_sec->output_offset + h->plt.offset);
   3154  1.3  christos 	      goto do_relocation;
   3155  1.3  christos 
   3156  1.3  christos 	    default:
   3157  1.3  christos 	      if (h->root.root.string)
   3158  1.3  christos 		name = h->root.root.string;
   3159  1.3  christos 	      else
   3160  1.3  christos 		name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
   3161  1.3  christos 					 NULL);
   3162  1.3  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3163  1.3  christos 		(_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
   3164  1.3  christos 		   "symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), input_bfd,
   3165  1.3  christos 		 _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   3166  1.3  christos 		 name, __FUNCTION__);
   3167  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3168  1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   3169  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3170  1.1     skrll 	}
   3171  1.3  christos 
   3172  1.3  christos       switch (r_type)
   3173  1.3  christos 	{
   3174  1.3  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   3175  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   3176  1.3  christos 	  if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3177  1.3  christos 	    r_type = (r_type == R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22
   3178  1.3  christos 		      ? R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22
   3179  1.3  christos 		      : R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10);
   3180  1.3  christos 	  else
   3181  1.3  christos 	    r_type = (r_type == R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22
   3182  1.3  christos 		      ? R_SPARC_GOT22
   3183  1.3  christos 		      : R_SPARC_GOT10);
   3184  1.3  christos 	  howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   3185  1.3  christos 	  break;
   3186  1.3  christos 
   3187  1.3  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP:
   3188  1.3  christos 	  if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3189  1.3  christos 	    {
   3190  1.3  christos 	      bfd_vma insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3191  1.3  christos 
   3192  1.3  christos 	      /* {ld,ldx} [%rs1 + %rs2], %rd --> add %rs1, %rs2, %rd */
   3193  1.3  christos 	      relocation = 0x80000000 | (insn & 0x3e07c01f);
   3194  1.3  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3195  1.3  christos 	    }
   3196  1.3  christos 	  continue;
   3197  1.3  christos 	}
   3198  1.3  christos 
   3199  1.3  christos       switch (r_type)
   3200  1.1     skrll 	{
   3201  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22:
   3202  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10:
   3203  1.1     skrll 	  relocation = gdopoff (info, relocation);
   3204  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3205  1.1     skrll 
   3206  1.3  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOT10:
   3207  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOT13:
   3208  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_GOT22:
   3209  1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
   3210  1.1     skrll 	     offset table.  */
   3211  1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
   3212  1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   3213  1.1     skrll 
   3214  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3215  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3216  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean dyn;
   3217  1.7  christos 
   3218  1.7  christos 	      off = h->got.offset;
   3219  1.7  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
   3220  1.7  christos 	      dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   3221  1.3  christos 
   3222  1.1     skrll 	      if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   3223  1.1     skrll 						     bfd_link_pic (info),
   3224  1.1     skrll 						     h)
   3225  1.1     skrll 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3226  1.1     skrll 		      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3227  1.1     skrll 		{
   3228  1.1     skrll 		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3229  1.1     skrll 		     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3230  1.1     skrll 		     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3231  1.1     skrll 		     because of a version file.  We must initialize
   3232  1.1     skrll 		     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
   3233  1.1     skrll 		     offset must always be a multiple of 8 for 64-bit
   3234  1.1     skrll 		     and 4 for 32-bit, we use the least significant bit
   3235  1.1     skrll 		     to record whether we have initialized it already.
   3236  1.1     skrll 
   3237  1.1     skrll 		     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   3238  1.1     skrll 		     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   3239  1.1     skrll 		     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   3240  1.3  christos 		  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3241  1.1     skrll 		    off &= ~1;
   3242  1.1     skrll 		  else
   3243  1.1     skrll 		    {
   3244  1.1     skrll 		      SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, relocation,
   3245  1.1     skrll 					  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
   3246  1.1     skrll 		      h->got.offset |= 1;
   3247  1.1     skrll 		    }
   3248  1.1     skrll 		}
   3249  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3250  1.1     skrll 		unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3251  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3252  1.1     skrll 	  else
   3253  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3254  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
   3255  1.1     skrll 			  && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
   3256  1.1     skrll 
   3257  1.1     skrll 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   3258  1.1     skrll 
   3259  1.1     skrll 	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8 on 64-bit and
   3260  1.1     skrll 		 4 on 32-bit.  We use the least significant bit to record
   3261  1.1     skrll 		 whether we have already processed this entry.  */
   3262  1.7  christos 	      if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3263  1.1     skrll 		off &= ~1;
   3264  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3265  1.1     skrll 		{
   3266  1.1     skrll 
   3267  1.1     skrll 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3268  1.1     skrll 		    {
   3269  1.3  christos 		      asection *s;
   3270  1.1     skrll 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3271  1.1     skrll 
   3272  1.3  christos 		      /* We need to generate a R_SPARC_RELATIVE reloc
   3273  1.3  christos 			 for the dynamic linker.  */
   3274  1.1     skrll 		      s = htab->elf.srelgot;
   3275  1.1     skrll 		      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3276  1.1     skrll 
   3277  1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
   3278  1.1     skrll 					 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
   3279  1.1     skrll 					 + off);
   3280  1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL,
   3281  1.1     skrll 							0, R_SPARC_RELATIVE);
   3282  1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3283  1.3  christos 		      relocation = 0;
   3284  1.1     skrll 		      sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, s, &outrel);
   3285  1.1     skrll 		    }
   3286  1.1     skrll 
   3287  1.3  christos 		  SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, relocation,
   3288  1.1     skrll 				      htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
   3289  1.1     skrll 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3290  1.1     skrll 		}
   3291  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3292  1.1     skrll 	  relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - got_base;
   3293  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3294  1.1     skrll 
   3295  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PLT32:
   3296  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PLT64:
   3297  1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3298  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3299  1.1     skrll 	      r_type = (r_type == R_SPARC_PLT32) ? R_SPARC_32 : R_SPARC_64;
   3300  1.1     skrll 	      goto r_sparc_plt32;
   3301  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3302  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3303  1.1     skrll 
   3304  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WPLT30:
   3305  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HIPLT22:
   3306  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_LOPLT10:
   3307  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT32:
   3308  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT22:
   3309  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT10:
   3310  1.1     skrll 	r_sparc_wplt30:
   3311  1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3312  1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   3313  1.1     skrll 
   3314  1.1     skrll 	  if (! ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   3315  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3316  1.1     skrll 	      /* The Solaris native assembler will generate a WPLT30 reloc
   3317  1.1     skrll 		 for a local symbol if you assemble a call from one
   3318  1.7  christos 		 section to another when using -K pic.  We treat it as
   3319  1.3  christos 		 WDISP30.  */
   3320  1.3  christos 	      if (h == NULL)
   3321  1.1     skrll 		break;
   3322  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3323  1.1     skrll 	  /* PR 7027: We need similar behaviour for 64-bit binaries.  */
   3324  1.1     skrll 	  else if (r_type == R_SPARC_WPLT30 && h == NULL)
   3325  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3326  1.3  christos 	  else
   3327  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3328  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   3329  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3330  1.1     skrll 
   3331  1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
   3332  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3333  1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   3334  1.3  christos 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   3335  1.3  christos 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   3336  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3337  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3338  1.1     skrll 
   3339  1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
   3340  1.1     skrll 			+ htab->elf.splt->output_offset
   3341  1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset);
   3342  1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3343  1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_PLT32 || r_type == R_SPARC_PLT64)
   3344  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3345  1.1     skrll 	      r_type = r_type == R_SPARC_PLT32 ? R_SPARC_32 : R_SPARC_64;
   3346  1.1     skrll 	      is_plt = TRUE;
   3347  1.1     skrll 	      goto r_sparc_plt32;
   3348  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3349  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3350  1.1     skrll 
   3351  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC10:
   3352  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC22:
   3353  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC_HH22:
   3354  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC_HM10:
   3355  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_PC_LM22:
   3356  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   3357  1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3358  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3359  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3360  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_DISP8:
   3361  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_DISP16:
   3362  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_DISP32:
   3363  1.6  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP64:
   3364  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP30:
   3365  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP22:
   3366  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP19:
   3367  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP16:
   3368  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_WDISP10:
   3369  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_8:
   3370  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_16:
   3371  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_32:
   3372  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HI22:
   3373  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_22:
   3374  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_13:
   3375  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_LO10:
   3376  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_UA16:
   3377  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_UA32:
   3378  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_10:
   3379  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_11:
   3380  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_64:
   3381  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_OLO10:
   3382  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HH22:
   3383  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_HM10:
   3384  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_LM22:
   3385  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_7:
   3386  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_5:
   3387  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_6:
   3388  1.6  christos 	case R_SPARC_HIX22:
   3389  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_LOX10:
   3390  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_H44:
   3391  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_M44:
   3392  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_L44:
   3393  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_H34:
   3394  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_UA64:
   3395  1.7  christos 	r_sparc_plt32:
   3396  1.1     skrll 	  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
   3397  1.1     skrll 	      || is_vxworks_tls)
   3398  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3399  1.1     skrll 
   3400  1.3  christos 	  if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
   3401  1.7  christos 	       && (h == NULL
   3402  1.1     skrll 		   || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3403  1.1     skrll 		   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3404  1.1     skrll 	       && (! howto->pc_relative
   3405  1.1     skrll 		   || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3406  1.1     skrll 	      || (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   3407  1.1     skrll 		  && h != NULL
   3408  1.1     skrll 		  && h->dynindx != -1
   3409  1.1     skrll 		  && !h->non_got_ref
   3410  1.1     skrll 		  && ((h->def_dynamic
   3411  1.1     skrll 		       && !h->def_regular)
   3412  1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3413  1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
   3414  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3415  1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3416  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate = FALSE;
   3417  1.1     skrll 
   3418  1.1     skrll 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   3419  1.1     skrll 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   3420  1.1     skrll 		 time.  */
   3421  1.1     skrll 
   3422  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
   3423  1.1     skrll 
   3424  1.1     skrll 	      skip = FALSE;
   3425  1.1     skrll 
   3426  1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset =
   3427  1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3428  1.1     skrll 					 rel->r_offset);
   3429  1.1     skrll 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3430  1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE;
   3431  1.1     skrll 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   3432  1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   3433  1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   3434  1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   3435  1.1     skrll 
   3436  1.1     skrll 	      /* Optimize unaligned reloc usage now that we know where
   3437  1.1     skrll 		 it finally resides.  */
   3438  1.1     skrll 	      switch (r_type)
   3439  1.1     skrll 		{
   3440  1.1     skrll 		case R_SPARC_16:
   3441  1.1     skrll 		  if (outrel.r_offset & 1)
   3442  1.1     skrll 		    r_type = R_SPARC_UA16;
   3443  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3444  1.1     skrll 		case R_SPARC_UA16:
   3445  1.1     skrll 		  if (!(outrel.r_offset & 1))
   3446  1.1     skrll 		    r_type = R_SPARC_16;
   3447  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3448  1.1     skrll 		case R_SPARC_32:
   3449  1.1     skrll 		  if (outrel.r_offset & 3)
   3450  1.1     skrll 		    r_type = R_SPARC_UA32;
   3451  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3452  1.1     skrll 		case R_SPARC_UA32:
   3453  1.1     skrll 		  if (!(outrel.r_offset & 3))
   3454  1.1     skrll 		    r_type = R_SPARC_32;
   3455  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3456  1.1     skrll 		case R_SPARC_64:
   3457  1.1     skrll 		  if (outrel.r_offset & 7)
   3458  1.1     skrll 		    r_type = R_SPARC_UA64;
   3459  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3460  1.1     skrll 		case R_SPARC_UA64:
   3461  1.1     skrll 		  if (!(outrel.r_offset & 7))
   3462  1.1     skrll 		    r_type = R_SPARC_64;
   3463  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3464  1.1     skrll 	  	case R_SPARC_DISP8:
   3465  1.1     skrll 		case R_SPARC_DISP16:
   3466  1.1     skrll 	  	case R_SPARC_DISP32:
   3467  1.1     skrll 	  	case R_SPARC_DISP64:
   3468  1.1     skrll 		  /* If the symbol is not dynamic, we should not keep
   3469  1.1     skrll 		     a dynamic relocation.  But an .rela.* slot has been
   3470  1.1     skrll 		     allocated for it, output R_SPARC_NONE.
   3471  1.1     skrll 		     FIXME: Add code tracking needed dynamic relocs as
   3472  1.1     skrll 		     e.g. i386 has.  */
   3473  1.1     skrll 		  if (h->dynindx == -1)
   3474  1.1     skrll 		    skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   3475  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3476  1.1     skrll 		}
   3477  1.7  christos 
   3478  1.7  christos 	      if (skip)
   3479  1.7  christos 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   3480  1.7  christos 	      /* h->dynindx may be -1 if the symbol was marked to
   3481  1.5  christos 		 become local.  */
   3482  1.5  christos 	      else if (h != NULL
   3483  1.1     skrll 		       && h->dynindx != -1
   3484  1.1     skrll 		       && (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[r_type].pc_relative
   3485  1.1     skrll 			   || !bfd_link_pic (info)
   3486  1.1     skrll 			   || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   3487  1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))
   3488  1.1     skrll 		{
   3489  1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   3490  1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, rel, h->dynindx, r_type);
   3491  1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   3492  1.1     skrll 		}
   3493  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3494  1.1     skrll 		{
   3495  1.1     skrll 		  if (r_type == R_SPARC_32 || r_type == R_SPARC_64)
   3496  1.1     skrll 		    {
   3497  1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL,
   3498  1.1     skrll 							0, R_SPARC_RELATIVE);
   3499  1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3500  1.1     skrll 		    }
   3501  1.1     skrll 		  else
   3502  1.1     skrll 		    {
   3503  1.3  christos 		      long indx;
   3504  1.1     skrll 
   3505  1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3506  1.1     skrll 
   3507  1.1     skrll 		      if (is_plt)
   3508  1.1     skrll 			sec = htab->elf.splt;
   3509  1.1     skrll 
   3510  1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   3511  1.1     skrll 			indx = 0;
   3512  1.1     skrll 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   3513  1.1     skrll 			{
   3514  1.1     skrll 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3515  1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   3516  1.1     skrll 			}
   3517  1.1     skrll 		      else
   3518  1.1     skrll 			{
   3519  1.1     skrll 			  asection *osec;
   3520  1.1     skrll 
   3521  1.1     skrll 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   3522  1.1     skrll 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   3523  1.1     skrll 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   3524  1.1     skrll 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   3525  1.1     skrll 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   3526  1.1     skrll 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   3527  1.1     skrll 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   3528  1.1     skrll 
   3529  1.1     skrll 			  if (indx == 0)
   3530  1.1     skrll 			    {
   3531  1.1     skrll 			      osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
   3532  1.1     skrll 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   3533  1.1     skrll 			    }
   3534  1.1     skrll 
   3535  1.1     skrll 			  /* FIXME: we really should be able to link non-pic
   3536  1.1     skrll 			     shared libraries.  */
   3537  1.1     skrll 			  if (indx == 0)
   3538  1.1     skrll 			    {
   3539  1.1     skrll 			      BFD_FAIL ();
   3540  1.1     skrll 			      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3541  1.1     skrll 				(_("%B: probably compiled without -fPIC?"),
   3542  1.1     skrll 				 input_bfd);
   3543  1.1     skrll 			      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3544  1.1     skrll 			      return FALSE;
   3545  1.1     skrll 			    }
   3546  1.1     skrll 			}
   3547  1.1     skrll 
   3548  1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, rel, indx,
   3549  1.1     skrll 							r_type);
   3550  1.1     skrll 		    }
   3551  1.1     skrll 		}
   3552  1.1     skrll 
   3553  1.1     skrll 	      sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
   3554  1.1     skrll 
   3555  1.1     skrll 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   3556  1.1     skrll 		 need to do anything now.  */
   3557  1.1     skrll 	      if (! relocate)
   3558  1.1     skrll 		continue;
   3559  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3560  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3561  1.1     skrll 
   3562  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   3563  1.1     skrll 	  if (! ABI_64_P (input_bfd)
   3564  1.1     skrll 	      && ! _bfd_sparc_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->has_tlsgd)
   3565  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3566  1.1     skrll 	      /* R_SPARC_REV32 used the same reloc number as
   3567  1.1     skrll 		 R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22.  */
   3568  1.1     skrll 	      r_type = R_SPARC_REV32;
   3569  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3570  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3571  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through */
   3572  1.1     skrll 
   3573  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   3574  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   3575  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   3576  1.1     skrll 	  r_type = sparc_elf_tls_transition (info, input_bfd, r_type, h == NULL);
   3577  1.1     skrll 	  tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   3578  1.7  christos 	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
   3579  1.7  christos 	    tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
   3580  1.7  christos 	  else if (h != NULL)
   3581  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3582  1.1     skrll 	      tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
   3583  1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   3584  1.1     skrll 		  && h->dynindx == -1
   3585  1.1     skrll 		  && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   3586  1.1     skrll 		switch (SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   3587  1.1     skrll 		  {
   3588  1.1     skrll 		  case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   3589  1.1     skrll 		  case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   3590  1.1     skrll 		    r_type = R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22;
   3591  1.1     skrll 		    break;
   3592  1.1     skrll 		  default:
   3593  1.1     skrll 		    r_type = R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10;
   3594  1.1     skrll 		    break;
   3595  1.1     skrll 		  }
   3596  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3597  1.1     skrll 	  if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   3598  1.1     skrll 	    switch (r_type)
   3599  1.1     skrll 	      {
   3600  1.1     skrll 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   3601  1.1     skrll 		r_type = R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22;
   3602  1.1     skrll 		break;
   3603  1.1     skrll 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   3604  1.1     skrll 		r_type = R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10;
   3605  1.1     skrll 		break;
   3606  1.1     skrll 	      }
   3607  1.1     skrll 
   3608  1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22)
   3609  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3610  1.1     skrll 	      relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   3611  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3612  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3613  1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10)
   3614  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3615  1.1     skrll 	      /* Change add into xor.  */
   3616  1.1     skrll 	      relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   3617  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
   3618  1.1     skrll 						   contents + rel->r_offset)
   3619  1.1     skrll 				       | 0x80182000), contents + rel->r_offset);
   3620  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3621  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3622  1.1     skrll 
   3623  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3624  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3625  1.1     skrll 	      off = h->got.offset;
   3626  1.1     skrll 	      h->got.offset |= 1;
   3627  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3628  1.1     skrll 	  else
   3629  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3630  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
   3631  1.3  christos 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   3632  1.1     skrll 	      local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3633  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3634  1.1     skrll 
   3635  1.1     skrll 	r_sparc_tlsldm:
   3636  1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
   3637  1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   3638  1.1     skrll 
   3639  1.1     skrll 	  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3640  1.1     skrll 	    off &= ~1;
   3641  1.3  christos 	  else
   3642  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3643  1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3644  1.3  christos 	      int dr_type, indx;
   3645  1.3  christos 
   3646  1.3  christos 	      if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
   3647  1.3  christos 		abort ();
   3648  1.1     skrll 
   3649  1.1     skrll 	      SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, 0,
   3650  1.1     skrll 				  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
   3651  1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
   3652  1.1     skrll 				 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
   3653  1.1     skrll 	      indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0;
   3654  1.1     skrll 	      if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22
   3655  1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10)
   3656  1.1     skrll 		dr_type = SPARC_ELF_TPOFF_RELOC (htab);
   3657  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3658  1.1     skrll 		dr_type = SPARC_ELF_DTPMOD_RELOC (htab);
   3659  1.3  christos 	      if (dr_type == SPARC_ELF_TPOFF_RELOC (htab) && indx == 0)
   3660  1.1     skrll 		outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   3661  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3662  1.1     skrll 		outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3663  1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, indx, dr_type);
   3664  1.1     skrll 	      sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot, &outrel);
   3665  1.1     skrll 
   3666  1.1     skrll 	      if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22
   3667  1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10)
   3668  1.1     skrll 		{
   3669  1.3  christos 		  if (indx == 0)
   3670  1.1     skrll 		    {
   3671  1.1     skrll 	    	      BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
   3672  1.1     skrll 		      SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd,
   3673  1.1     skrll 					  relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3674  1.1     skrll 					  (htab->elf.sgot->contents + off
   3675  1.3  christos 					   + SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab)));
   3676  1.1     skrll 		    }
   3677  1.1     skrll 		  else
   3678  1.1     skrll 		    {
   3679  1.1     skrll 		      SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, 0,
   3680  1.3  christos 					  (htab->elf.sgot->contents + off
   3681  1.1     skrll 					   + SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab)));
   3682  1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, indx,
   3683  1.1     skrll 							SPARC_ELF_DTPOFF_RELOC (htab));
   3684  1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_offset += SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   3685  1.1     skrll 		      sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot,
   3686  1.1     skrll 					     &outrel);
   3687  1.3  christos 		    }
   3688  1.1     skrll 		}
   3689  1.1     skrll 	      else if (dr_type == SPARC_ELF_DTPMOD_RELOC (htab))
   3690  1.1     skrll 		{
   3691  1.1     skrll 		  SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, 0,
   3692  1.1     skrll 				      (htab->elf.sgot->contents + off
   3693  1.1     skrll 				       + SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab)));
   3694  1.1     skrll 		}
   3695  1.3  christos 	    }
   3696  1.1     skrll 
   3697  1.1     skrll 	  if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
   3698  1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   3699  1.1     skrll 
   3700  1.1     skrll 	  relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - got_base;
   3701  1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3702  1.7  christos 	  howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   3703  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3704  1.1     skrll 
   3705  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
   3706  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
   3707  1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   3708  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3709  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SPARC_NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3710  1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   3711  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3712  1.1     skrll 	  off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
   3713  1.7  christos 	  htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
   3714  1.1     skrll 	  goto r_sparc_tlsldm;
   3715  1.1     skrll 
   3716  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22:
   3717  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10:
   3718  1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3719  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3720  1.1     skrll 	      relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3721  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3722  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3723  1.1     skrll 
   3724  1.1     skrll 	  r_type = (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22
   3725  1.7  christos 		    ? R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22 : R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10);
   3726  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3727  1.1     skrll 
   3728  1.3  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22:
   3729  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10:
   3730  1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3731  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3732  1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3733  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean skip;
   3734  1.1     skrll 
   3735  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
   3736  1.1     skrll 	      skip = FALSE;
   3737  1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset =
   3738  1.3  christos 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3739  1.1     skrll 					 rel->r_offset);
   3740  1.1     skrll 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3741  1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE;
   3742  1.1     skrll 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   3743  1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE;
   3744  1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   3745  1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   3746  1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   3747  1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   3748  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3749  1.1     skrll 		{
   3750  1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, 0, r_type);
   3751  1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info)
   3752  1.1     skrll 				    + rel->r_addend;
   3753  1.1     skrll 		}
   3754  1.1     skrll 
   3755  1.1     skrll 	      sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
   3756  1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   3757  1.7  christos 	    }
   3758  1.1     skrll 	  relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   3759  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3760  1.1     skrll 
   3761  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL:
   3762  1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   3763  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3764  1.1     skrll 	      /* mov %g0, %o0 */
   3765  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x90100000, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3766  1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   3767  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3768  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through */
   3769  1.1     skrll 
   3770  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   3771  1.7  christos 	  tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   3772  1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
   3773  1.1     skrll 	    tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
   3774  1.6  christos 	  else if (h != NULL)
   3775  1.1     skrll 	    tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
   3776  1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   3777  1.7  christos 	      || (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE))
   3778  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3779  1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela *rel2;
   3780  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma insn;
   3781  1.1     skrll 
   3782  1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1))
   3783  1.1     skrll 		{
   3784  1.1     skrll 		  /* GD -> LE */
   3785  1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SPARC_NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3786  1.1     skrll 		  continue;
   3787  1.1     skrll 		}
   3788  1.1     skrll 
   3789  1.1     skrll 	      /* GD -> IE */
   3790  1.1     skrll 	      if (rel + 1 < relend
   3791  1.1     skrll 		  && SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD
   3792  1.1     skrll 		  && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 4
   3793  1.1     skrll 		  && SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX (htab, rel[1].r_info) == r_symndx
   3794  1.1     skrll 		  && (((insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
   3795  1.1     skrll 					   contents + rel[1].r_offset))
   3796  1.1     skrll 		       >> 25) & 0x1f) == 8)
   3797  1.1     skrll 		{
   3798  1.1     skrll 		  /* We have
   3799  1.1     skrll 		     call __tls_get_addr, %tgd_call(foo)
   3800  1.1     skrll 		      add %reg1, %reg2, %o0, %tgd_add(foo)
   3801  1.1     skrll 		     and change it into IE:
   3802  1.1     skrll 		     {ld,ldx} [%reg1 + %reg2], %o0, %tie_ldx(foo)
   3803  1.1     skrll 		     add %g7, %o0, %o0, %tie_add(foo).
   3804  1.1     skrll 		     add is 0x80000000 | (rd << 25) | (rs1 << 14) | rs2,
   3805  1.1     skrll 		     ld is 0xc0000000 | (rd << 25) | (rs1 << 14) | rs2,
   3806  1.1     skrll 		     ldx is 0xc0580000 | (rd << 25) | (rs1 << 14) | rs2.  */
   3807  1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn | (ABI_64_P (output_bfd) ? 0xc0580000 : 0xc0000000),
   3808  1.1     skrll 			      contents + rel->r_offset);
   3809  1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x9001c008,
   3810  1.6  christos 			      contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   3811  1.6  christos 		  rel++;
   3812  1.6  christos 		  continue;
   3813  1.6  christos 		}
   3814  1.6  christos 
   3815  1.6  christos 	      /* We cannot just overwrite the delay slot instruction,
   3816  1.6  christos 		 as it might be what puts the %o0 argument to
   3817  1.6  christos 		 __tls_get_addr into place.  So we have to transpose
   3818  1.6  christos 		 the delay slot with the add we patch in.  */
   3819  1.6  christos 	      insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   3820  1.6  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn,
   3821  1.6  christos 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   3822  1.6  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x9001c008,
   3823  1.6  christos 			  contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   3824  1.6  christos 
   3825  1.6  christos 	      rel2 = rel;
   3826  1.6  christos 	      while ((rel2 = sparc_elf_find_reloc_at_ofs (rel2 + 1, relend,
   3827  1.6  christos 							  rel->r_offset + 4))
   3828  1.6  christos 		     != NULL)
   3829  1.6  christos 		{
   3830  1.1     skrll 		  /* If the instruction we moved has a relocation attached to
   3831  1.1     skrll 		     it, adjust the offset so that it will apply to the correct
   3832  1.1     skrll 		     instruction.  */
   3833  1.1     skrll 		  rel2->r_offset -= 4;
   3834  1.1     skrll 		}
   3835  1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   3836  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3837  1.1     skrll 
   3838  1.1     skrll 	  h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
   3839  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "__tls_get_addr", FALSE,
   3840  1.1     skrll 				    FALSE, TRUE);
   3841  1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   3842  1.1     skrll 	  r_type = R_SPARC_WPLT30;
   3843  1.1     skrll 	  howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   3844  1.1     skrll 	  goto r_sparc_wplt30;
   3845  1.1     skrll 
   3846  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD:
   3847  1.7  christos 	  tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   3848  1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
   3849  1.1     skrll 	    tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
   3850  1.1     skrll 	  else if (h != NULL)
   3851  1.1     skrll 	    tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
   3852  1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info) || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   3853  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3854  1.1     skrll 	      /* add %reg1, %reg2, %reg3, %tgd_add(foo)
   3855  1.7  christos 		 changed into IE:
   3856  1.1     skrll 		 {ld,ldx} [%reg1 + %reg2], %reg3, %tie_ldx(foo)
   3857  1.1     skrll 		 or LE:
   3858  1.1     skrll 		 add %g7, %reg2, %reg3.  */
   3859  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3860  1.1     skrll 	      if ((h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1) || bfd_link_pic (info))
   3861  1.1     skrll 		relocation = insn | (ABI_64_P (output_bfd) ? 0xc0580000 : 0xc0000000);
   3862  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3863  1.1     skrll 		relocation = (insn & ~0x7c000) | 0x1c000;
   3864  1.7  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3865  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3866  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3867  1.1     skrll 
   3868  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD:
   3869  1.7  christos 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   3870  1.1     skrll 	    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SPARC_NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3871  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3872  1.1     skrll 
   3873  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD:
   3874  1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   3875  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3876  1.1     skrll 	      /* Change rs1 into %g7.  */
   3877  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3878  1.1     skrll 	      insn = (insn & ~0x7c000) | 0x1c000;
   3879  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3880  1.7  christos 	    }
   3881  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3882  1.1     skrll 
   3883  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD:
   3884  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX:
   3885  1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info) && (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1))
   3886  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3887  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3888  1.1     skrll 	      int rs2 = insn & 0x1f;
   3889  1.1     skrll 	      int rd = (insn >> 25) & 0x1f;
   3890  1.1     skrll 
   3891  1.1     skrll 	      if (rs2 == rd)
   3892  1.1     skrll 		relocation = SPARC_NOP;
   3893  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3894  1.1     skrll 		relocation = 0x80100000 | (insn & 0x3e00001f);
   3895  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3896  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3897  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3898  1.1     skrll 
   3899  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD:
   3900  1.1     skrll 	  /* Totally useless relocation.  */
   3901  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3902  1.1     skrll 
   3903  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
   3904  1.1     skrll 	case R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64:
   3905  1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3906  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3907  1.1     skrll 
   3908  1.1     skrll 	default:
   3909  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3910  1.1     skrll 	}
   3911  1.1     skrll 
   3912  1.6  christos       /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
   3913  1.6  christos 	 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
   3914  1.6  christos 	 not process them.  */
   3915  1.1     skrll       if (unresolved_reloc
   3916  1.1     skrll 	  && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   3917  1.1     skrll 	       && h->def_dynamic)
   3918  1.1     skrll 	  && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3919  1.1     skrll 				      rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
   3920  1.1     skrll 	(*_bfd_error_handler)
   3921  1.1     skrll 	  (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   3922  1.1     skrll 	   input_bfd,
   3923  1.1     skrll 	   input_section,
   3924  1.1     skrll 	   (long) rel->r_offset,
   3925  1.1     skrll 	   howto->name,
   3926  1.1     skrll 	   h->root.root.string);
   3927  1.1     skrll 
   3928  1.1     skrll       r = bfd_reloc_continue;
   3929  1.1     skrll       if (r_type == R_SPARC_OLO10)
   3930  1.1     skrll 	{
   3931  1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma x;
   3932  1.1     skrll 
   3933  1.1     skrll 	    if (! ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   3934  1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   3935  1.1     skrll 
   3936  1.1     skrll 	    relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3937  1.1     skrll 	    relocation = (relocation & 0x3ff) + ELF64_R_TYPE_DATA (rel->r_info);
   3938  1.1     skrll 
   3939  1.1     skrll 	    x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3940  1.1     skrll 	    x = (x & ~(bfd_vma) 0x1fff) | (relocation & 0x1fff);
   3941  1.1     skrll 	    bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3942  1.1     skrll 
   3943  1.1     skrll 	    r = bfd_check_overflow (howto->complain_on_overflow,
   3944  1.1     skrll 				    howto->bitsize, howto->rightshift,
   3945  1.1     skrll 				    bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd),
   3946  1.1     skrll 				    relocation);
   3947  1.1     skrll 	}
   3948  1.1     skrll       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_WDISP16)
   3949  1.1     skrll 	{
   3950  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_vma x;
   3951  1.1     skrll 
   3952  1.1     skrll 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3953  1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
   3954  1.1     skrll 			 + input_section->output_offset);
   3955  1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= rel->r_offset;
   3956  1.1     skrll 
   3957  1.1     skrll 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3958  1.1     skrll 	  x |= ((((relocation >> 2) & 0xc000) << 6)
   3959  1.1     skrll 		| ((relocation >> 2) & 0x3fff));
   3960  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3961  1.1     skrll 
   3962  1.6  christos 	  r = bfd_check_overflow (howto->complain_on_overflow,
   3963  1.6  christos 				  howto->bitsize, howto->rightshift,
   3964  1.6  christos 				  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd),
   3965  1.6  christos 				  relocation);
   3966  1.6  christos 	}
   3967  1.6  christos       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_WDISP10)
   3968  1.6  christos 	{
   3969  1.6  christos 	  bfd_vma x;
   3970  1.6  christos 
   3971  1.6  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3972  1.6  christos 	  relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
   3973  1.6  christos 			 + input_section->output_offset);
   3974  1.6  christos 	  relocation -= rel->r_offset;
   3975  1.6  christos 
   3976  1.6  christos 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3977  1.6  christos 	  x |= ((((relocation >> 2) & 0x300) << 11)
   3978  1.6  christos 		| (((relocation >> 2) & 0xff) << 5));
   3979  1.6  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3980  1.6  christos 
   3981  1.1     skrll 	  r = bfd_check_overflow (howto->complain_on_overflow,
   3982  1.1     skrll 				  howto->bitsize, howto->rightshift,
   3983  1.1     skrll 				  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd),
   3984  1.1     skrll 				  relocation);
   3985  1.1     skrll 	}
   3986  1.1     skrll       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_REV32)
   3987  1.1     skrll 	{
   3988  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_vma x;
   3989  1.1     skrll 
   3990  1.1     skrll 	  relocation = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3991  1.1     skrll 
   3992  1.1     skrll 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3993  1.1     skrll 	  x = x + relocation;
   3994  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_putl32 (/*input_bfd,*/ x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3995  1.1     skrll 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   3996  1.1     skrll 	}
   3997  1.1     skrll       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22
   3998  1.1     skrll 	       || r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22)
   3999  1.1     skrll 	{
   4000  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_vma x;
   4001  1.1     skrll 
   4002  1.1     skrll 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4003  1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22)
   4004  1.1     skrll 	    relocation ^= MINUS_ONE;
   4005  1.1     skrll 
   4006  1.1     skrll 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4007  1.1     skrll 	  x = (x & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3fffff) | ((relocation >> 10) & 0x3fffff);
   4008  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4009  1.1     skrll 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4010  1.1     skrll 	}
   4011  1.1     skrll       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10
   4012  1.1     skrll 	       || r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10)
   4013  1.1     skrll 	{
   4014  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_vma x;
   4015  1.1     skrll 
   4016  1.1     skrll 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4017  1.1     skrll 	  relocation &= 0x3ff;
   4018  1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10)
   4019  1.1     skrll 	    relocation |= 0x1c00;
   4020  1.1     skrll 
   4021  1.1     skrll 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4022  1.3  christos 	  x = (x & ~(bfd_vma) 0x1fff) | relocation;
   4023  1.3  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4024  1.1     skrll 
   4025  1.1     skrll 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4026  1.1     skrll 	}
   4027  1.1     skrll       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_HIX22
   4028  1.3  christos 	       || r_type == R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22)
   4029  1.3  christos 	{
   4030  1.3  christos 	  bfd_vma x;
   4031  1.1     skrll 
   4032  1.1     skrll 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4033  1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_HIX22
   4034  1.1     skrll 	      || (bfd_signed_vma) relocation < 0)
   4035  1.1     skrll 	    relocation = relocation ^ MINUS_ONE;
   4036  1.1     skrll 
   4037  1.1     skrll 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4038  1.1     skrll 	  x = (x & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3fffff) | ((relocation >> 10) & 0x3fffff);
   4039  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4040  1.1     skrll 
   4041  1.3  christos 	  r = bfd_check_overflow (howto->complain_on_overflow,
   4042  1.3  christos 				  howto->bitsize, howto->rightshift,
   4043  1.1     skrll 				  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd),
   4044  1.1     skrll 				  relocation);
   4045  1.1     skrll 	}
   4046  1.1     skrll       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_LOX10
   4047  1.3  christos 	       || r_type == R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10)
   4048  1.3  christos 	{
   4049  1.3  christos 	  bfd_vma x;
   4050  1.3  christos 
   4051  1.3  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4052  1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_LOX10
   4053  1.1     skrll 	      || (bfd_signed_vma) relocation < 0)
   4054  1.1     skrll 	    relocation = (relocation & 0x3ff) | 0x1c00;
   4055  1.1     skrll 	  else
   4056  1.1     skrll 	    relocation = (relocation & 0x3ff);
   4057  1.1     skrll 
   4058  1.1     skrll 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4059  1.1     skrll 	  x = (x & ~(bfd_vma) 0x1fff) | relocation;
   4060  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4061  1.1     skrll 
   4062  1.1     skrll 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4063  1.1     skrll 	}
   4064  1.1     skrll       else if ((r_type == R_SPARC_WDISP30 || r_type == R_SPARC_WPLT30)
   4065  1.1     skrll 	       && sec_do_relax (input_section)
   4066  1.1     skrll 	       && rel->r_offset + 4 < input_section->size)
   4067  1.1     skrll 	{
   4068  1.1     skrll #define G0		0
   4069  1.1     skrll #define O7		15
   4070  1.1     skrll #define XCC		(2 << 20)
   4071  1.1     skrll #define COND(x)		(((x)&0xf)<<25)
   4072  1.1     skrll #define CONDA		COND(0x8)
   4073  1.1     skrll #define INSN_BPA	(F2(0,1) | CONDA | BPRED | XCC)
   4074  1.1     skrll #define INSN_BA		(F2(0,2) | CONDA)
   4075  1.1     skrll #define INSN_OR		F3(2, 0x2, 0)
   4076  1.1     skrll #define INSN_NOP	F2(0,4)
   4077  1.1     skrll 
   4078  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_vma x, y;
   4079  1.1     skrll 
   4080  1.1     skrll 	  /* If the instruction is a call with either:
   4081  1.1     skrll 	     restore
   4082  1.1     skrll 	     arithmetic instruction with rd == %o7
   4083  1.1     skrll 	     where rs1 != %o7 and rs2 if it is register != %o7
   4084  1.1     skrll 	     then we can optimize if the call destination is near
   4085  1.1     skrll 	     by changing the call into a branch always.  */
   4086  1.1     skrll 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4087  1.1     skrll 	  y = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   4088  1.1     skrll 	  if ((x & OP(~0)) == OP(1) && (y & OP(~0)) == OP(2))
   4089  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4090  1.1     skrll 	      if (((y & OP3(~0)) == OP3(0x3d) /* restore */
   4091  1.1     skrll 		   || ((y & OP3(0x28)) == 0 /* arithmetic */
   4092  1.1     skrll 		       && (y & RD(~0)) == RD(O7)))
   4093  1.1     skrll 		  && (y & RS1(~0)) != RS1(O7)
   4094  1.1     skrll 		  && ((y & F3I(~0))
   4095  1.1     skrll 		      || (y & RS2(~0)) != RS2(O7)))
   4096  1.1     skrll 		{
   4097  1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma reloc;
   4098  1.1     skrll 
   4099  1.1     skrll 		  reloc = relocation + rel->r_addend - rel->r_offset;
   4100  1.1     skrll 		  reloc -= (input_section->output_section->vma
   4101  1.1     skrll 			    + input_section->output_offset);
   4102  1.1     skrll 
   4103  1.1     skrll 		  /* Ensure the branch fits into simm22.  */
   4104  1.1     skrll 		  if ((reloc & 3) == 0
   4105  1.1     skrll 		      && ((reloc & ~(bfd_vma)0x7fffff) == 0
   4106  1.1     skrll 			  || ((reloc | 0x7fffff) == ~(bfd_vma)0)))
   4107  1.1     skrll 		    {
   4108  1.1     skrll 		      reloc >>= 2;
   4109  1.1     skrll 
   4110  1.1     skrll 		      /* Check whether it fits into simm19.  */
   4111  1.1     skrll 		      if (((reloc & 0x3c0000) == 0
   4112  1.1     skrll 			   || (reloc & 0x3c0000) == 0x3c0000)
   4113  1.1     skrll 			  && (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
   4114  1.1     skrll 			      || elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_32PLUS))
   4115  1.1     skrll 			x = INSN_BPA | (reloc & 0x7ffff); /* ba,pt %xcc */
   4116  1.1     skrll 		      else
   4117  1.1     skrll 			x = INSN_BA | (reloc & 0x3fffff); /* ba */
   4118  1.1     skrll 		      bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4119  1.1     skrll 		      r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4120  1.1     skrll 		      if (rel->r_offset >= 4
   4121  1.1     skrll 			  && (y & (0xffffffff ^ RS1(~0)))
   4122  1.1     skrll 			     == (INSN_OR | RD(O7) | RS2(G0)))
   4123  1.1     skrll 			{
   4124  1.1     skrll 			  bfd_vma z;
   4125  1.1     skrll 			  unsigned int reg;
   4126  1.1     skrll 
   4127  1.1     skrll 			  z = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
   4128  1.1     skrll 					  contents + rel->r_offset - 4);
   4129  1.1     skrll 			  if ((z & (0xffffffff ^ RD(~0)))
   4130  1.1     skrll 			      != (INSN_OR | RS1(O7) | RS2(G0)))
   4131  1.1     skrll 			    break;
   4132  1.1     skrll 
   4133  1.1     skrll 			  /* The sequence was
   4134  1.1     skrll 			     or %o7, %g0, %rN
   4135  1.1     skrll 			     call foo
   4136  1.1     skrll 			     or %rN, %g0, %o7
   4137  1.1     skrll 
   4138  1.1     skrll 			     If call foo was replaced with ba, replace
   4139  1.1     skrll 			     or %rN, %g0, %o7 with nop.  */
   4140  1.1     skrll 
   4141  1.1     skrll 			  reg = (y & RS1(~0)) >> 14;
   4142  1.1     skrll 			  if (reg != ((z & RD(~0)) >> 25)
   4143  1.1     skrll 			      || reg == G0 || reg == O7)
   4144  1.1     skrll 			    break;
   4145  1.1     skrll 
   4146  1.1     skrll 			  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) INSN_NOP,
   4147  1.1     skrll 				      contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   4148  1.1     skrll 			}
   4149  1.1     skrll 
   4150  1.1     skrll 		    }
   4151  1.3  christos 		}
   4152  1.3  christos 	    }
   4153  1.3  christos 	}
   4154  1.3  christos 
   4155  1.3  christos       if (r == bfd_reloc_continue)
   4156  1.3  christos 	{
   4157  1.1     skrll do_relocation:
   4158  1.1     skrll 	  r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   4159  1.1     skrll 					contents, rel->r_offset,
   4160  1.1     skrll 					relocation, rel->r_addend);
   4161  1.1     skrll 	}
   4162  1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   4163  1.1     skrll 	{
   4164  1.1     skrll 	  switch (r)
   4165  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4166  1.1     skrll 	    default:
   4167  1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
   4168  1.7  christos 	      abort ();
   4169  1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
   4170  1.1     skrll 	      {
   4171  1.1     skrll 		const char *name;
   4172  1.6  christos 
   4173  1.6  christos 		/* The Solaris native linker silently disregards overflows.
   4174  1.6  christos 		   We don't, but this breaks stabs debugging info, whose
   4175  1.1     skrll 		   relocations are only 32-bits wide.  Ignore overflows in
   4176  1.1     skrll 		   this case and also for discarded entries.  */
   4177  1.1     skrll 		if ((r_type == R_SPARC_32
   4178  1.1     skrll 		     || r_type == R_SPARC_UA32
   4179  1.1     skrll 		     || r_type == R_SPARC_DISP32)
   4180  1.1     skrll 		    && (((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   4181  1.1     skrll 			 && strcmp (bfd_section_name (input_bfd,
   4182  1.1     skrll 						      input_section),
   4183  1.1     skrll 				    ".stab") == 0)
   4184  1.1     skrll 			|| _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4185  1.1     skrll 						    input_section,
   4186  1.1     skrll 						    rel->r_offset)
   4187  1.1     skrll 			     == (bfd_vma)-1))
   4188  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   4189  1.1     skrll 
   4190  1.1     skrll 		if (h != NULL)
   4191  1.1     skrll 		  {
   4192  1.1     skrll 		    /* Assume this is a call protected by other code that
   4193  1.1     skrll 		       detect the symbol is undefined.  If this is the case,
   4194  1.1     skrll 		       we can safely ignore the overflow.  If not, the
   4195  1.1     skrll 		       program is hosed anyway, and a little warning isn't
   4196  1.1     skrll 		       going to help.  */
   4197  1.1     skrll 		    if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   4198  1.1     skrll 			&& howto->pc_relative)
   4199  1.1     skrll 		      break;
   4200  1.1     skrll 
   4201  1.1     skrll 	            name = NULL;
   4202  1.1     skrll 		  }
   4203  1.1     skrll 		else
   4204  1.1     skrll 		  {
   4205  1.1     skrll 		    name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   4206  1.1     skrll 							    symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   4207  1.1     skrll 							    sym->st_name);
   4208  1.1     skrll 		    if (name == NULL)
   4209  1.1     skrll 		      return FALSE;
   4210  1.1     skrll 		    if (*name == '\0')
   4211  1.1     skrll 		      name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4212  1.1     skrll 		  }
   4213  1.1     skrll 		if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   4214  1.1     skrll 		       (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   4215  1.1     skrll 			(bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
   4216  1.1     skrll 			rel->r_offset)))
   4217  1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   4218  1.1     skrll 	      }
   4219  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4220  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4221  1.1     skrll 	}
   4222  1.1     skrll     }
   4223  1.1     skrll 
   4224  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4225  1.1     skrll }
   4226  1.1     skrll 
   4227  1.1     skrll /* Build a VxWorks PLT entry.  PLT_INDEX is the index of the PLT entry
   4228  1.1     skrll    and PLT_OFFSET is the byte offset from the start of .plt.  GOT_OFFSET
   4229  1.1     skrll    is the offset of the associated .got.plt entry from
   4230  1.1     skrll    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   4231  1.1     skrll 
   4232  1.1     skrll static void
   4233  1.1     skrll sparc_vxworks_build_plt_entry (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4234  1.1     skrll 			       bfd_vma plt_offset, bfd_vma plt_index,
   4235  1.1     skrll 			       bfd_vma got_offset)
   4236  1.1     skrll {
   4237  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma got_base;
   4238  1.1     skrll   const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
   4239  1.3  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4240  1.3  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   4241  1.7  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4242  1.1     skrll 
   4243  1.1     skrll   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4244  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4245  1.1     skrll 
   4246  1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   4247  1.1     skrll     {
   4248  1.1     skrll       plt_entry = sparc_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
   4249  1.1     skrll       got_base = 0;
   4250  1.1     skrll     }
   4251  1.1     skrll   else
   4252  1.1     skrll     {
   4253  1.1     skrll       plt_entry = sparc_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
   4254  1.1     skrll       got_base = (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
   4255  1.1     skrll 		  + htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4256  1.3  christos 		  + htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
   4257  1.1     skrll     }
   4258  1.3  christos 
   4259  1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   4260  1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] + ((got_base + got_offset) >> 10),
   4261  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset);
   4262  1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] + ((got_base + got_offset) & 0x3ff),
   4263  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 4);
   4264  1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
   4265  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 8);
   4266  1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
   4267  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 12);
   4268  1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4],
   4269  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 16);
   4270  1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5] + (plt_index >> 10),
   4271  1.3  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 20);
   4272  1.1     skrll   /* PC-relative displacement for a branch to the start of
   4273  1.3  christos      the PLT section.  */
   4274  1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6] + (((-plt_offset - 24) >> 2)
   4275  1.1     skrll 					  & 0x003fffff),
   4276  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 24);
   4277  1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7] + (plt_index & 0x3ff),
   4278  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 28);
   4279  1.3  christos 
   4280  1.3  christos   /* Fill in the .got.plt entry, pointing initially at the
   4281  1.1     skrll      second half of the PLT entry.  */
   4282  1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL);
   4283  1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4284  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
   4285  1.7  christos 	      + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
   4286  1.1     skrll 	      + plt_offset + 20,
   4287  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
   4288  1.1     skrll 
   4289  1.1     skrll   /* Add relocations to .rela.plt.unloaded.  */
   4290  1.1     skrll   if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   4291  1.3  christos     {
   4292  1.3  christos       loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
   4293  1.1     skrll 	     + (2 + 3 * plt_index) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   4294  1.1     skrll 
   4295  1.1     skrll       /* Relocate the initial sethi.  */
   4296  1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
   4297  1.1     skrll 		       + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
   4298  1.1     skrll 		       + plt_offset);
   4299  1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_HI22);
   4300  1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = got_offset;
   4301  1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4302  1.1     skrll       loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4303  1.1     skrll 
   4304  1.1     skrll       /* Likewise the following or.  */
   4305  1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset += 4;
   4306  1.3  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_LO10);
   4307  1.3  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4308  1.1     skrll       loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4309  1.1     skrll 
   4310  1.1     skrll       /* Relocate the .got.plt entry.  */
   4311  1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
   4312  1.1     skrll 		       + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
   4313  1.1     skrll 		       + got_offset);
   4314  1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_SPARC_32);
   4315  1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = plt_offset + 20;
   4316  1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4317  1.1     skrll     }
   4318  1.1     skrll }
   4319  1.1     skrll 
   4320  1.1     skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4321  1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   4322  1.1     skrll 
   4323  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   4324  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   4325  1.1     skrll 				      struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4326  1.1     skrll 				      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   4327  1.1     skrll 				      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   4328  1.3  christos {
   4329  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4330  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
   4331  1.1     skrll 
   4332  1.1     skrll   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4333  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4334  1.1     skrll   bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
   4335  1.1     skrll 
   4336  1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4337  1.1     skrll     {
   4338  1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4339  1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   4340  1.3  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4341  1.3  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   4342  1.3  christos       bfd_vma r_offset, got_offset;
   4343  1.3  christos       int rela_index;
   4344  1.3  christos 
   4345  1.3  christos       /* When building a static executable, use .iplt and
   4346  1.3  christos 	 .rela.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
   4347  1.3  christos       if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   4348  1.3  christos 	{
   4349  1.3  christos 	  splt = htab->elf.splt;
   4350  1.3  christos 	  srela = htab->elf.srelplt;
   4351  1.3  christos 	}
   4352  1.1     skrll       else
   4353  1.3  christos 	{
   4354  1.3  christos 	  splt = htab->elf.iplt;
   4355  1.1     skrll 	  srela = htab->elf.irelplt;
   4356  1.1     skrll 	}
   4357  1.1     skrll 
   4358  1.1     skrll       if (splt == NULL || srela == NULL)
   4359  1.1     skrll 	abort ();
   4360  1.1     skrll 
   4361  1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   4362  1.1     skrll       if (htab->is_vxworks)
   4363  1.1     skrll 	{
   4364  1.1     skrll 	  /* Work out the index of this PLT entry.  */
   4365  1.1     skrll 	  rela_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
   4366  1.1     skrll 			/ htab->plt_entry_size);
   4367  1.1     skrll 
   4368  1.1     skrll 	  /* Calculate the offset of the associated .got.plt entry.
   4369  1.1     skrll 	     The first three entries are reserved.  */
   4370  1.1     skrll 	  got_offset = (rela_index + 3) * 4;
   4371  1.1     skrll 
   4372  1.1     skrll 	  sparc_vxworks_build_plt_entry (output_bfd, info, h->plt.offset,
   4373  1.3  christos 					 rela_index, got_offset);
   4374  1.3  christos 
   4375  1.1     skrll 
   4376  1.1     skrll 	  /* On VxWorks, the relocation points to the .got.plt entry,
   4377  1.3  christos 	     not the .plt entry.  */
   4378  1.3  christos 	  rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
   4379  1.1     skrll 			   + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
   4380  1.1     skrll 			   + got_offset);
   4381  1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   4382  1.3  christos 	  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, h->dynindx,
   4383  1.3  christos 					  R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT);
   4384  1.1     skrll 	}
   4385  1.1     skrll       else
   4386  1.1     skrll 	{
   4387  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_boolean ifunc = FALSE;
   4388  1.1     skrll 
   4389  1.3  christos 	  /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   4390  1.3  christos 	  rela_index = SPARC_ELF_BUILD_PLT_ENTRY (htab, output_bfd, splt,
   4391  1.7  christos 						  h->plt.offset, splt->size,
   4392  1.3  christos 						  &r_offset);
   4393  1.3  christos 
   4394  1.3  christos 	  if (h == NULL
   4395  1.3  christos 	      || h->dynindx == -1
   4396  1.3  christos 	      || ((bfd_link_executable (info)
   4397  1.3  christos 		   || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   4398  1.3  christos 		  && h->def_regular
   4399  1.3  christos 		  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
   4400  1.3  christos 	    {
   4401  1.3  christos 	      ifunc = TRUE;
   4402  1.3  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL
   4403  1.3  christos 			  || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   4404  1.1     skrll 			      && h->def_regular
   4405  1.1     skrll 			      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4406  1.3  christos 				  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)));
   4407  1.3  christos 	    }
   4408  1.1     skrll 
   4409  1.3  christos 	  rela.r_offset = r_offset
   4410  1.3  christos 	    + (splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset);
   4411  1.3  christos 	  if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
   4412  1.3  christos 	      && h->plt.offset >= (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE))
   4413  1.3  christos 	    {
   4414  1.3  christos 	      if (ifunc)
   4415  1.3  christos 		{
   4416  1.3  christos 		  rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4417  1.3  christos 				   + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4418  1.3  christos 				   + h->root.u.def.value);
   4419  1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, 0,
   4420  1.3  christos 						  R_SPARC_IRELATIVE);
   4421  1.3  christos 		}
   4422  1.3  christos 	      else
   4423  1.3  christos 		{
   4424  1.3  christos 		  rela.r_addend = (-(h->plt.offset + 4)
   4425  1.1     skrll 				   - splt->output_section->vma
   4426  1.1     skrll 				   - splt->output_offset);
   4427  1.1     skrll 		  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, h->dynindx,
   4428  1.3  christos 						  R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT);
   4429  1.3  christos 		}
   4430  1.3  christos 	    }
   4431  1.3  christos 	  else
   4432  1.3  christos 	    {
   4433  1.3  christos 	      if (ifunc)
   4434  1.3  christos 		{
   4435  1.3  christos 		  rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4436  1.3  christos 				   + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4437  1.3  christos 				   + h->root.u.def.value);
   4438  1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, 0,
   4439  1.3  christos 						  R_SPARC_JMP_IREL);
   4440  1.3  christos 		}
   4441  1.3  christos 	      else
   4442  1.1     skrll 		{
   4443  1.1     skrll 		  rela.r_addend = 0;
   4444  1.1     skrll 		  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, h->dynindx,
   4445  1.1     skrll 						  R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT);
   4446  1.1     skrll 		}
   4447  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4448  1.1     skrll 	}
   4449  1.1     skrll 
   4450  1.1     skrll       /* Adjust for the first 4 reserved elements in the .plt section
   4451  1.1     skrll 	 when setting the offset in the .rela.plt section.
   4452  1.1     skrll 	 Sun forgot to read their own ABI and copied elf32-sparc behaviour,
   4453  1.1     skrll 	 thus .plt[4] has corresponding .rela.plt[0] and so on.  */
   4454  1.1     skrll 
   4455  1.1     skrll       loc = srela->contents;
   4456  1.1     skrll       loc += rela_index * bed->s->sizeof_rela;
   4457  1.1     skrll       bed->s->swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4458  1.1     skrll 
   4459  1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   4460  1.1     skrll 	{
   4461  1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   4462  1.1     skrll 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   4463  1.1     skrll 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4464  1.1     skrll 	  /* If the symbol is weak, we do need to clear the value.
   4465  1.1     skrll 	     Otherwise, the PLT entry would provide a definition for
   4466  1.1     skrll 	     the symbol even if the symbol wasn't defined anywhere,
   4467  1.1     skrll 	     and so the symbol would never be NULL.  */
   4468  1.1     skrll 	  if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
   4469  1.1     skrll 	    sym->st_value = 0;
   4470  1.1     skrll 	}
   4471  1.1     skrll     }
   4472  1.1     skrll 
   4473  1.1     skrll   if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   4474  1.1     skrll       && _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_GD
   4475  1.1     skrll       && _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE)
   4476  1.1     skrll     {
   4477  1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   4478  1.3  christos       asection *srela;
   4479  1.3  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4480  1.1     skrll 
   4481  1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the GOT.  Set it up.  */
   4482  1.1     skrll 
   4483  1.1     skrll       sgot = htab->elf.sgot;
   4484  1.1     skrll       srela = htab->elf.srelgot;
   4485  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4486  1.1     skrll 
   4487  1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4488  1.1     skrll 		       + sgot->output_offset
   4489  1.1     skrll 		       + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
   4490  1.1     skrll 
   4491  1.7  christos       /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
   4492  1.3  christos 	 locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  Likewise if
   4493  1.1     skrll 	 the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
   4494  1.1     skrll 	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
   4495  1.3  christos 	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   4496  1.3  christos       if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   4497  1.3  christos 	  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   4498  1.3  christos 	  && h->def_regular)
   4499  1.3  christos 	{
   4500  1.3  christos 	  asection *plt;
   4501  1.3  christos 
   4502  1.3  christos 	  /* We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry.  */
   4503  1.3  christos 	  plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
   4504  1.3  christos 	  SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd,
   4505  1.3  christos 			      (plt->output_section->vma
   4506  1.7  christos 			       + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset),
   4507  1.3  christos 			      htab->elf.sgot->contents
   4508  1.3  christos 			      + (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1));
   4509  1.1     skrll 	  return TRUE;
   4510  1.3  christos 	}
   4511  1.3  christos       else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4512  1.3  christos 	       && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4513  1.3  christos 	{
   4514  1.1     skrll 	  asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   4515  1.1     skrll 	  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   4516  1.1     skrll 	    rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, 0, R_SPARC_IRELATIVE);
   4517  1.1     skrll 	  else
   4518  1.1     skrll 	    rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, 0, R_SPARC_RELATIVE);
   4519  1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   4520  1.1     skrll 			   + sec->output_section->vma
   4521  1.1     skrll 			   + sec->output_offset);
   4522  1.1     skrll 	}
   4523  1.1     skrll       else
   4524  1.1     skrll 	{
   4525  1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, h->dynindx, R_SPARC_GLOB_DAT);
   4526  1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   4527  1.1     skrll 	}
   4528  1.1     skrll 
   4529  1.1     skrll       SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, 0,
   4530  1.1     skrll 			  sgot->contents + (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1));
   4531  1.1     skrll       sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4532  1.1     skrll     }
   4533  1.1     skrll 
   4534  1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   4535  1.1     skrll     {
   4536  1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   4537  1.6  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4538  1.6  christos 
   4539  1.1     skrll       /* This symbols needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   4540  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4541  1.1     skrll 
   4542  1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
   4543  1.1     skrll 				  ".rela.bss");
   4544  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4545  1.1     skrll 
   4546  1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   4547  1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4548  1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   4549  1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, h->dynindx, R_SPARC_COPY);
   4550  1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4551  1.1     skrll       sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, s, &rela);
   4552  1.3  christos     }
   4553  1.7  christos 
   4554  1.3  christos   /* Mark some specially defined symbols as absolute.  On VxWorks,
   4555  1.3  christos      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
   4556  1.1     skrll      ".got" section.  Likewise _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ and ".plt".  */
   4557  1.1     skrll   if (sym != NULL
   4558  1.1     skrll       && (h == htab->elf.hdynamic
   4559  1.1     skrll 	  || (!htab->is_vxworks
   4560  1.1     skrll 	      && (h == htab->elf.hgot || h == htab->elf.hplt))))
   4561  1.1     skrll     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   4562  1.1     skrll 
   4563  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4564  1.1     skrll }
   4565  1.1     skrll 
   4566  1.1     skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   4567  1.1     skrll 
   4568  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4569  1.1     skrll sparc_finish_dyn (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4570  1.1     skrll 		  bfd *dynobj, asection *sdyn,
   4571  1.1     skrll 		  asection *splt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4572  1.1     skrll {
   4573  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4574  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
   4575  1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *dyncon, *dynconend;
   4576  1.3  christos   size_t dynsize;
   4577  1.1     skrll   int stt_regidx = -1;
   4578  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean abi_64_p;
   4579  1.1     skrll 
   4580  1.1     skrll   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4581  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4582  1.1     skrll   bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
   4583  1.1     skrll   dynsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
   4584  1.1     skrll   dynconend = sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
   4585  1.1     skrll   abi_64_p = ABI_64_P (output_bfd);
   4586  1.1     skrll   for (dyncon = sdyn->contents; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon += dynsize)
   4587  1.1     skrll     {
   4588  1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   4589  1.1     skrll       const char *name;
   4590  1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean size;
   4591  1.1     skrll 
   4592  1.1     skrll       bed->s->swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   4593  1.3  christos 
   4594  1.1     skrll       if (htab->is_vxworks && dyn.d_tag == DT_RELASZ)
   4595  1.3  christos 	{
   4596  1.1     skrll 	  /* On VxWorks, DT_RELASZ should not include the relocations
   4597  1.1     skrll 	     in .rela.plt.  */
   4598  1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->elf.srelplt)
   4599  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4600  1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->elf.srelplt->size;
   4601  1.1     skrll 	      bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4602  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4603  1.3  christos 	}
   4604  1.1     skrll       else if (htab->is_vxworks && dyn.d_tag == DT_PLTGOT)
   4605  1.3  christos 	{
   4606  1.3  christos 	  /* On VxWorks, DT_PLTGOT should point to the start of the GOT,
   4607  1.1     skrll 	     not to the start of the PLT.  */
   4608  1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->elf.sgotplt)
   4609  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4610  1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
   4611  1.1     skrll 				+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset);
   4612  1.1     skrll 	      bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4613  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4614  1.1     skrll 	}
   4615  1.1     skrll       else if (htab->is_vxworks
   4616  1.1     skrll 	       && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
   4617  1.1     skrll 	bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4618  1.1     skrll       else if (abi_64_p && dyn.d_tag == DT_SPARC_REGISTER)
   4619  1.1     skrll 	{
   4620  1.1     skrll 	  if (stt_regidx == -1)
   4621  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4622  1.1     skrll 	      stt_regidx =
   4623  1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (info, output_bfd, -1);
   4624  1.1     skrll 	      if (stt_regidx == -1)
   4625  1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   4626  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4627  1.1     skrll 	  dyn.d_un.d_val = stt_regidx++;
   4628  1.1     skrll 	  bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4629  1.1     skrll 	}
   4630  1.1     skrll       else
   4631  1.1     skrll 	{
   4632  1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   4633  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4634  1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTGOT:   name = ".plt"; size = FALSE; break;
   4635  1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = ".rela.plt"; size = TRUE; break;
   4636  1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:   name = ".rela.plt"; size = FALSE; break;
   4637  1.1     skrll 	    default:	      name = NULL; size = FALSE; break;
   4638  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4639  1.1     skrll 
   4640  1.1     skrll 	  if (name != NULL)
   4641  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4642  1.1     skrll 	      asection *s;
   4643  1.1     skrll 
   4644  1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
   4645  1.1     skrll 	      if (s == NULL)
   4646  1.1     skrll 		dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
   4647  1.1     skrll 	      else
   4648  1.1     skrll 		{
   4649  1.1     skrll 		  if (! size)
   4650  1.1     skrll 		    dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
   4651  1.1     skrll 		  else
   4652  1.1     skrll 		    dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   4653  1.1     skrll 		}
   4654  1.1     skrll 	      bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4655  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4656  1.1     skrll 	}
   4657  1.1     skrll     }
   4658  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4659  1.1     skrll }
   4660  1.1     skrll 
   4661  1.1     skrll /* Install the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable and make sure that
   4662  1.1     skrll    .rela.plt.unloaded relocations have the correct symbol indexes.  */
   4663  1.1     skrll 
   4664  1.1     skrll static void
   4665  1.1     skrll sparc_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4666  1.1     skrll {
   4667  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4668  1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4669  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma got_base;
   4670  1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *loc;
   4671  1.1     skrll 
   4672  1.1     skrll   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4673  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4674  1.1     skrll 
   4675  1.1     skrll   /* Calculate the absolute value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   4676  1.1     skrll   got_base = (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4677  1.1     skrll 	      + htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4678  1.3  christos 	      + htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value);
   4679  1.1     skrll 
   4680  1.1     skrll   /* Install the initial PLT entry.  */
   4681  1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4682  1.1     skrll 	      sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[0] + ((got_base + 8) >> 10),
   4683  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->contents);
   4684  1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4685  1.1     skrll 	      sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[1] + ((got_base + 8) & 0x3ff),
   4686  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + 4);
   4687  1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4688  1.1     skrll 	      sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[2],
   4689  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + 8);
   4690  1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4691  1.1     skrll 	      sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[3],
   4692  1.1     skrll 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + 12);
   4693  1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4694  1.1     skrll 	      sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[4],
   4695  1.3  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + 16);
   4696  1.3  christos 
   4697  1.1     skrll   loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
   4698  1.1     skrll 
   4699  1.1     skrll   /* Add an unloaded relocation for the initial entry's "sethi".  */
   4700  1.1     skrll   rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
   4701  1.1     skrll 		   + htab->elf.splt->output_offset);
   4702  1.1     skrll   rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_HI22);
   4703  1.1     skrll   rela.r_addend = 8;
   4704  1.1     skrll   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4705  1.1     skrll   loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4706  1.1     skrll 
   4707  1.1     skrll   /* Likewise the following "or".  */
   4708  1.1     skrll   rela.r_offset += 4;
   4709  1.1     skrll   rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_LO10);
   4710  1.1     skrll   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4711  1.1     skrll   loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4712  1.1     skrll 
   4713  1.1     skrll   /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.  They may have
   4714  1.1     skrll      the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
   4715  1.1     skrll      in which symbols were output.  */
   4716  1.1     skrll   while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
   4717  1.1     skrll     {
   4718  1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   4719  1.1     skrll 
   4720  1.1     skrll       /* The entry's initial "sethi" (against _G_O_T_).  */
   4721  1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   4722  1.1     skrll       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_HI22);
   4723  1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   4724  1.1     skrll       loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4725  1.1     skrll 
   4726  1.1     skrll       /* The following "or" (also against _G_O_T_).  */
   4727  1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   4728  1.1     skrll       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_LO10);
   4729  1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   4730  1.1     skrll       loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4731  1.1     skrll 
   4732  1.1     skrll       /* The .got.plt entry (against _P_L_T_).  */
   4733  1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   4734  1.1     skrll       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_SPARC_32);
   4735  1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   4736  1.1     skrll       loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4737  1.1     skrll     }
   4738  1.1     skrll }
   4739  1.1     skrll 
   4740  1.1     skrll /* Install the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object.  */
   4741  1.1     skrll 
   4742  1.1     skrll static void
   4743  1.1     skrll sparc_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4744  1.3  christos {
   4745  1.3  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4746  1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
   4747  1.1     skrll 
   4748  1.3  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4749  1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4750  1.3  christos 
   4751  1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (sparc_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
   4752  1.3  christos     bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sparc_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
   4753  1.3  christos 		htab->elf.splt->contents + i * 4);
   4754  1.3  christos }
   4755  1.3  christos 
   4756  1.3  christos /* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of
   4757  1.3  christos    various dynamic sections here.  */
   4758  1.3  christos 
   4759  1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   4760  1.7  christos finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf)
   4761  1.3  christos {
   4762  1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
   4763  1.3  christos     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
   4764  1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info
   4765  1.1     skrll     = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   4766  1.1     skrll 
   4767  1.1     skrll   return _bfd_sparc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info,
   4768  1.1     skrll 					       h, NULL);
   4769  1.1     skrll }
   4770  1.1     skrll 
   4771  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   4772  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4773  1.1     skrll {
   4774  1.3  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   4775  1.1     skrll   asection *sdyn;
   4776  1.1     skrll   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4777  1.6  christos 
   4778  1.1     skrll   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4779  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4780  1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
   4781  1.1     skrll 
   4782  1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   4783  1.6  christos 
   4784  1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   4785  1.1     skrll     {
   4786  1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4787  1.1     skrll 
   4788  1.1     skrll       splt = htab->elf.splt;
   4789  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   4790  1.1     skrll 
   4791  1.1     skrll       if (!sparc_finish_dyn (output_bfd, info, dynobj, sdyn, splt))
   4792  1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   4793  1.1     skrll 
   4794  1.7  christos       /* Initialize the contents of the .plt section.  */
   4795  1.1     skrll       if (splt->size > 0)
   4796  1.1     skrll 	{
   4797  1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->is_vxworks)
   4798  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4799  1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   4800  1.1     skrll 		sparc_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
   4801  1.1     skrll 	      else
   4802  1.1     skrll 		sparc_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
   4803  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4804  1.1     skrll 	  else
   4805  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4806  1.1     skrll 	      memset (splt->contents, 0, htab->plt_header_size);
   4807  1.1     skrll 	      if (!ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   4808  1.7  christos 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) SPARC_NOP,
   4809  1.7  christos 			    splt->contents + splt->size - 4);
   4810  1.7  christos 	    }
   4811  1.7  christos 	}
   4812  1.1     skrll 
   4813  1.1     skrll       if (elf_section_data (splt->output_section) != NULL)
   4814  1.1     skrll         elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   4815  1.1     skrll           = ((htab->is_vxworks || !ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   4816  1.3  christos              ? 0 : htab->plt_entry_size);
   4817  1.1     skrll     }
   4818  1.1     skrll 
   4819  1.1     skrll   /* Set the first entry in the global offset table to the address of
   4820  1.1     skrll      the dynamic section.  */
   4821  1.1     skrll   if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0)
   4822  1.3  christos     {
   4823  1.1     skrll       bfd_vma val = (sdyn ?
   4824  1.1     skrll 		     sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset :
   4825  1.3  christos 		     0);
   4826  1.3  christos 
   4827  1.1     skrll       SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, val, htab->elf.sgot->contents);
   4828  1.1     skrll     }
   4829  1.3  christos 
   4830  1.3  christos   if (htab->elf.sgot)
   4831  1.3  christos     elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize =
   4832  1.1     skrll       SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   4833  1.1     skrll 
   4834  1.1     skrll   /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
   4835  1.1     skrll   htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, finish_local_dynamic_symbol, info);
   4836  1.1     skrll 
   4837  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4838  1.1     skrll }
   4839  1.1     skrll 
   4840  1.1     skrll 
   4841  1.1     skrll /* Set the right machine number for a SPARC ELF file.  */
   4843  1.1     skrll 
   4844  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   4845  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   4846  1.1     skrll {
   4847  1.1     skrll   if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
   4848  1.1     skrll     {
   4849  1.1     skrll       unsigned long mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v9;
   4850  1.1     skrll 
   4851  1.1     skrll       if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_SUN_US3)
   4852  1.1     skrll 	mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v9b;
   4853  1.1     skrll       else if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_SUN_US1)
   4854  1.1     skrll 	mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v9a;
   4855  1.1     skrll       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc, mach);
   4856  1.1     skrll     }
   4857  1.1     skrll   else
   4858  1.1     skrll     {
   4859  1.1     skrll       if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_machine == EM_SPARC32PLUS)
   4860  1.1     skrll 	{
   4861  1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_SUN_US3)
   4862  1.1     skrll 	    return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc,
   4863  1.1     skrll 					      bfd_mach_sparc_v8plusb);
   4864  1.1     skrll 	  else if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_SUN_US1)
   4865  1.1     skrll 	    return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc,
   4866  1.1     skrll 					      bfd_mach_sparc_v8plusa);
   4867  1.1     skrll 	  else if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_32PLUS)
   4868  1.1     skrll 	    return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc,
   4869  1.1     skrll 					      bfd_mach_sparc_v8plus);
   4870  1.1     skrll 	  else
   4871  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   4872  1.1     skrll 	}
   4873  1.1     skrll       else if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_LEDATA)
   4874  1.1     skrll 	return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc,
   4875  1.1     skrll 					  bfd_mach_sparc_sparclite_le);
   4876  1.1     skrll       else
   4877  1.1     skrll 	return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc, bfd_mach_sparc);
   4878  1.1     skrll     }
   4879  1.1     skrll }
   4880  1.1     skrll 
   4881  1.1     skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   4882  1.1     skrll    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   4883  1.1     skrll 
   4884  1.1     skrll bfd_vma
   4885  1.1     skrll _bfd_sparc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt, const arelent *rel)
   4886  1.1     skrll {
   4887  1.1     skrll   if (ABI_64_P (plt->owner))
   4888  1.1     skrll     {
   4889  1.1     skrll       bfd_vma j;
   4890  1.1     skrll 
   4891  1.1     skrll       i += PLT64_HEADER_SIZE / PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4892  1.1     skrll       if (i < PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD)
   4893  1.1     skrll 	return plt->vma + i * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4894  1.1     skrll 
   4895  1.1     skrll       j = (i - PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD) % 160;
   4896  1.6  christos       i -= j;
   4897  1.6  christos       return plt->vma + i * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE + j * 4 * 6;
   4898  1.6  christos     }
   4899  1.6  christos   else
   4900  1.6  christos     return rel->address;
   4901  1.6  christos }
   4902  1.6  christos 
   4903  1.6  christos /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
   4904  1.6  christos    object file when linking.  */
   4905  1.6  christos 
   4906  1.6  christos bfd_boolean
   4907  1.6  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
   4908  1.6  christos {
   4909  1.6  christos   obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
   4910  1.6  christos   obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
   4911  1.6  christos 
   4912  1.6  christos   if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
   4913  1.6  christos     {
   4914  1.6  christos       /* This is the first object.  Copy the attributes.  */
   4915  1.6  christos       _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
   4916  1.6  christos 
   4917  1.6  christos       /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
   4918  1.6  christos 	 initialized.  */
   4919  1.6  christos       elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
   4920  1.6  christos 
   4921  1.6  christos       return TRUE;
   4922  1.6  christos     }
   4923  1.6  christos 
   4924  1.6  christos   in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
   4925  1.7  christos   out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
   4926  1.7  christos 
   4927  1.7  christos   in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Sparc_HWCAPS];
   4928  1.7  christos   out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Sparc_HWCAPS];
   4929  1.7  christos 
   4930  1.7  christos   out_attr->i |= in_attr->i;
   4931  1.7  christos   out_attr->type = 1;
   4932  1.7  christos 
   4933  1.6  christos   in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Sparc_HWCAPS2];
   4934  1.6  christos   out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Sparc_HWCAPS2];
   4935  1.6  christos 
   4936  1.6  christos   out_attr->i |= in_attr->i;
   4937  1.6  christos   out_attr->type = 1;
   4938  1.6  christos 
   4939                
   4940                  /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.  */
   4941                  _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
   4942                
   4943                  return TRUE;
   4944                }
   4945